Download DC INVERTER MULTI VRF SERVICE MANUAL
Transcript
CENTRAL AIR CONDITIONERS DC INVERTER MULTI VRF SERVICE MANUAL T1/R410A/50Hz ( GC201107 - ) CONTENTS PRODUCT................................................................................................................... 2 1 MODELS LIST ......................................................................................................................... 2 1.1 Outdoor Unit ..................................................................................................................................... 2 2 NOMENCLATURE.................................................................................................................. 5 2.1 Nomenclature of Outdoor Unit........................................................................................................ 5 3 FUNCTION ............................................................................................................................... 5 4 PRODUCT DATA ..................................................................................................................... 6 4.1 Product Data of Outdoor Unit......................................................................................................... 6 5 PIPING DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................... 16 5.1 Piping diagram of GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M ..................................... 16 5.2 Piping diagram of GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm450W/ NaB-M..................................................................................................................................................... 17 CONTROL................................................................................................................. 20 1 CONTROL OF THE UNIT.................................................................................................... 20 1.1 Concept of Integral Control of the Unit ........................................................................................ 20 1.2 Operation Flow Chart of the Unit.................................................................................................. 22 1.3 Operation Flow Chart of Outdoor Unit......................................................................................... 26 2 WIREDLESS REMOTE CONTROLLER .......................................................................... 28 2.1 Wiredless Remote Controller Y512................................................................................................ 28 2.2 Wiredless Remote Controller YB1FA ............................................................................................ 31 3 WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER .................................................................................... 36 3.1 Wired Controller Z60351F,Z60151F,Z63351F,Z63151F............................................................... 36 3.2 Wired Controller XK02 .................................................................................................................. 38 4 REGIONAL CONTROLLER ............................................................................................... 42 4.1 Function............................................................................................................................................ 42 4.2 Operation View ................................................................................................................................ 43 4.3 Display View..................................................................................................................................... 44 4.4 Connection Between Controller and Unit .................................................................................... 45 5 SMART ZONE CONTROLLER .......................................................................................... 46 5.1 Function............................................................................................................................................ 46 5.2 Operation View ............................................................................................................................... 46 5.3 Display View.................................................................................................................................... 47 5.4 Network Topological Diagram........................................................................................................ 48 5.5 Installation and Debugging............................................................................................................. 49 5.6 Attachment ....................................................................................................................................... 53 6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER ....................................................................................... 54 6.1 Central Control ZJ7011 .................................................................................................................. 54 6.2 Centralized Controller CE51-24/E(M) .......................................................................................... 57 6.3 Connection Between Controller and Unit .................................................................................... 68 6.4 Case Study ........................................................................................................................................ 68 7 MONITORING SOFTWARE ............................................................................................... 84 7.1 Remote Monitoring System ............................................................................................................ 84 7.2 BMS System ..................................................................................................................................... 84 8 DETECTION CONTROL BOARD ...................................................................................... 85 8.1 Gate-control Function .................................................................................................................... 85 8.2 Working Process of Gate Control .................................................................................................. 85 8.3 Detection Control Board Interface Sketch is shown in Fig.2: ..................................................... 86 8.4 Products Parameters ...................................................................................................................... 86 8.5 Installation of Detection Control Board ....................................................................................... 86 INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................... 89 1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION............................................................................. 89 1.1 Precautions for Safety ..................................................................................................................... 89 1.2 Key Points of Installation................................................................................................................ 90 2 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION.................................................................................. 91 3 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT ............................................................................ 92 3.1 Hoisting of Unit ............................................................................................................................... 92 3.1 Installation of Outdoor Unit with Side Air Outlet........................................................................ 93 3.2 Selection of Installation Site ........................................................................................................... 93 3.3 Dimensions Data ............................................................................................................................. 94 3.4 Clearance Data................................................................................................................................. 95 3.5 Take Monsoons and Snow into Consideration ............................................................................. 97 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING............................... 98 6SHFL¿FDWLRQ .................................................................................................................................... 98 4.2 Allowable Length and Height Differences of the Refrigerant Piping between the Indoor and Outdoor Units ........................................................................................................................................ 98 4.3 Refrigerant Pipe Size...................................................................................................................... 100 4.4 Selection of Y-Type Branch Pipe .................................................................................................. 100 4.5 Selection of Refrigerant Piping between Outdoor Unit and Outdoor Unit ( for module unit) ................................................................................................................................................................ 101 4.6. Outdoor unit piping sequence diagram ....................................................................................... 102 4.7 Design requirements for oil trap ................................................................................................... 103 5 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING ............................................................. 105 5.1 Flow Chart of Installation ............................................................................................................. 105 5.2 Three Principles of Refrigerant Piping Installation ................................................................... 106 5.3 Installation of Metal Embedded Pipe ........................................................................................... 106 5.4 Installation of Carriage of Refrigerant pipin .............................................................................. 106 5.5 Management and Machining of Refrigerant Piping ................................................................... 107 5.6 Installation of Refrigerant Piping ................................................................................................. 111 5.7 Welding of Copper Pipe ................................................................................................................. 113 5.8 Cleaning of Refrigerant Piping .................................................................................................... 117 5.9 Pressure Maintaining and Leak Hunting .................................................................................... 118 5.10 Heat Preservation of Refrigerant Piping ................................................................................... 119 5.11 Vacuum Pumping ......................................................................................................................... 120 5.12 Refrigerant Charge ...................................................................................................................... 121 6 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PIPE .................................................................... 123 6.1Material Quality Requirements for Condensate Pipe .................................................................. 123 6.2 Key Points for Condensate Pipe Installation................................................................................ 123 6.3 Test for Condensate Pipe................................................................................................................ 126 6.4 Requirements of Heat preservation ............................................................................................. 126 7 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ...................................................................................... 127 7.1 Precautions for Electrical Installation .......................................................................................... 127 6SHFL¿FDWLRQV2I3RZHU&RUG&LUFXLW%UHDNHU ....................................................................... 127 7.3 Wiring Sketch Map......................................................................................................................... 128 7.4 Dial-up of Unit ................................................................................................................................ 137 ENGINEERING DEBUGGING............................................................................ 143 1 NECESSITY OF ENGINEERING DEBUGGING FOR VRF UNITS ............................ 143 2 ILES AND TOOLS FOR ENGINEERING DEBUGGING .............................................. 143 2.1 Tools ................................................................................................................................................. 143 2.2 Debugging Files............................................................................................................................... 143 3 STEPS OF ENGINEERING DEBUGGING ...................................................................... 143 3.1 Preparation before Debugging ...................................................................................................... 143 3.2 Inspection before Debugging ......................................................................................................... 144 3.3 Debugging........................................................................................................................................ 149 3.4 Debugging of Cooling Mode ........................................................................................................ 150 3.5 Running of Heating Mode.............................................................................................................. 153 3.6 When the debugging is finished, sort out and save the data. Record the trouble and troubleshooting during the debugging for future reference. Then, make a debugging report and turn over it to users............................................................................................................................... 153 4. MAIN PARAMETERS AND REFERENCE VALVES FOR DEBUGGING................. 154 5 COMMON TROUBLES DURING DEBUGGING ........................................................... 156 5.1 Communication .............................................................................................................................. 156 5.2 System .............................................................................................................................................. 159 6 PORTABLE DEBUGGER ................................................................................................... 165 6.1. Function Introduction ................................................................................................................... 165 6.2 Display and Button ........................................................................................................................ 165 6.3 Debugger Connection ..................................................................................................................... 166 MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................... 168 1 TROUBLE SHOOTING ...................................................................................................... 168 1.1 Trouble Display of Indoor Unit ..................................................................................................... 168 1.2 Trouble Display of Mainboard LED of Outdoor Unit................................................................. 169 1.3 Number of indoor units display .................................................................................................... 171 1.4 When the patching board is not communicated with indoor unit, if the complete unit stops, the address code of patch board and “E6” will be displayed alternately (as shown in Fig 1), and that is normal condition. ...................................................................................................................... 171 2 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................... 173 2.1 High-pressure Protection ............................................................................................................... 173 2.2 Low-pressure Protection ................................................................................................................ 175 2.3 Exhaust Temperature Protection .................................................................................................. 177 2.4 Communication Failure ................................................................................................................. 178 2.5 Temperature sensor Trouble.......................................................................................................... 179 2.6 Sensor Trouble ................................................................................................................................ 180 2.7 No energization to the unit and mainboard ................................................................................. 181 2.8 The AC contactor does not pull in................................................................................................. 182 2.9 Typical troubleshooting (E5) for DC frequency conversion drive board .................................. 183 2.10 E5 Protection................................................................................................................................. 188 2.11 PFC Protection .............................................................................................................................. 190 2.12 IPM Protecion ............................................................................................................................... 191 2.13 Trip................................................................................................................................................. 192 2.14 Superheat Protection of Radiator ............................................................................................... 193 2.15 DC Overvoltage Protection ......................................................................................................... 194 3 POWER DISTRIBUTION................................................................................................... 195 3.1 Diagram of Power Distribution ..................................................................................................... 195 3.2 Introduction of Main Electric Parts of Inverter System ............................................................. 195 3.3 Wiring diadram .............................................................................................................................. 196 4 TABLE OF THE RESISTANCES OF COMMON TEMPERATURE SENSORS ......... 198 Nȍ................................................................................................................................................ 198 Nȍ................................................................................................................................................ 200 Nȍ................................................................................................................................................ 202 5 FEATURES OF THE HIGHT/LOW PRESSURE SENSORS ......................................... 204 5.1 Features of the High Pressure Sensors (R410a)........................................................................... 204 5.2 Features of the Low Pressure Sensors (R410a)............................................................................ 205 6 AFTER-SALES EMERGENCY MEASURES................................................................... 206 7 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS ......................... 207 7. 1 Outdoor Unit .................................................................................................................................. 207 8 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LIST ............................................................................ 216 8.1 Outdoor Unit .................................................................................................................................. 216 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual PRODUCT 1 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual PRODUCT 1 MODELS LIST 1.1 Outdoor Unit Modle QSPEVDU 2 Product Code Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity kW kW Power supply GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M CN851W1000 22.4 25.0 380~415V-3Ph~50Hz GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M CN851W1010 28.0 31.5 380~415V-3Ph~50Hz GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M CN851W1020 33.5 37.5 380~415V-3Ph~50Hz GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M CN851W1030 40.0 45.0 380~415V-3Ph~50Hz GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M CN851W1040 45.0 50.0 380~415V-3Ph~50Hz Appearance DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual GMV-Pdm***W/NaB-M Appearance Model 224 280 335 400 450 504 560 GMV-Pdm***W2/NaB-M 615 670 730 785 850 900 950 GMV-Pdm***W3/NaB-M 1008 1065 1130 1180 1235 1300 1350 3 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual GMV-Pdm***W/NaB-M Appearance Model 224 280 335 400 450 1405 GMV-Pdm***W4/NaB-M 1456 1512 1570 1650 1700 1750 1800 NOTES: a.“ ”represents one module and“ … (1…N)”represents N modules. b.“*”indicates the rated cooling capacity. c.Design of this unit accords with the Standard GB/T 18837-2002. d.Noise was tested in semi-silenced room, so the actual noise value will be a little higher for change of environment.. e.The charge amount of R410A in the list is only the sealed amount when outdoor unit is outgoing. When installing, calculate f. the additional charge amount according to actual length of pipe and the matched indoor units; g.Nominal capacities are based on the following conditions. CAUTIONS ,WLVQRWUHFRPPHQGHGWRDGRSWWKHFRPELQDWLRQPRGHQRWVSHFL¿HGE\WKLVPDQXDO QSPEVDU 4 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2 NOMENCLATURE 2.1 Nomenclature of Outdoor Unit - GMV 1 2 224 W 3 4 5 / Na B 6 7 8 NO. Description 1 Code for type 2 Code for model 3 Units Series 4 Nominal cooling capacity 5 Outdoor unit 9 Options GMV: Gree Multi Variable L: Cooling Only, Default: Heat pump Pdm: Modular D.C. Inverter Multi-variable 224: 22.4 kW......450:45.0kW W: Outdoor unit Default:One module 2:Two modules 3:Three modules 4:Four modules 6 Model quantity of the Pdm series unit 7 Refrigerant 8 Series number B: Product serial number 9 Power supply M:3808-415V 3Ph~ 50Hz Na: R410A 3 FUNCTION For Comfortable Air Conditioning Auto Restart Fan Operation Mode LCD Remote Controller (Option) Auto Swing Function Ceiling Soiling Prevention Program Dry High Fan Speed Mode High Ceiling Application Two Select Thermal Sensor Hot Start Timer Selector For Easy Construction and Maintenance Fresh Air Intake Directly from The Unit Drain Pump Long Life Filter Ultra-Long life Filter (Option) Mold Resistant Treatment for Filter Filter Sign Mold Resistant Drain Pan Emergency Operation Self Diagnoses Function For Flexible Control Set Back Time Clock Double Remote Control Group Control By 1 Remote Controller Control By External Command Remote/Centralized Control 5 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4 PRODUCT DATA 4.1 Product Data of Outdoor Unit Model(Combined unit) — — — Model GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M kW 22.4 28 33.5 kBtu/h 76.43 95.536 114.302 kW 25 31.5 37.5 kBtu/h 85.3 107.478 127.95 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 58 58 60 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Cooling Capacity Heating Power input Current 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph Cooling kW 5.52 Heating kW 5.82 7.7 9.38 Cooling A 9.87 13.44 16.50 Heating 7.52 9.23 A 10.4 13.76 16.77 Circuit breaker A 32 32 40 Recommended Power Lines mm2×N 6×5 6×5 10×5 Moisture protection IP24 IP24 IP24 Climate Type T1 T1 T1 ĭ ĭ ĭ Gas Pipe Connecting pipe Liquid Pipe Oil Pipe mm Inch 7/8 7/8 9/8 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 3/8 3/8 1/2 mm — — — Inch — — — Connection Method Dimensions of Unit Dimensions of Package Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Width mm 930 930 1340 Depth mm 770 770 770 Height mm 1670 1670 1670 Width mm 1010 1010 1420 Depth mm 850 850 850 Height mm 1850 1850 1850 Net Weight kg 255 255 350 Gross Weight kg 275 275 380 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit 12 12 7 Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit 24 24 16 Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit 24 24 16 Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . QSPEVDU 6 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) — — GMV-Pdm504W2/NaB-M Model GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M Cooling Capacity kW 40 45 50.4 kBtu/h 136.48 153.54 171.964 kW 45 50 56.5 kBtu/h 153.54 170.6 192.778 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 61 61 62 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input Current Cooling kW kW 11.2 13.9 5.82+7.70 A 22.25 25.6 9.87+13.44 Heating A 20.02 24.85 10.4+13.76 40 40 32+32 10×5 10×5 6×5+6×5 IP24 IP24 IP24 T1 T1 T1 ĭ Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe Oil Pipe mm ĭ ĭ Inch 9/8 9/8 9/8 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 1/2 1/2 5/8 mm — — ĭ Inch Connection Method Dimensions of Package 5.52+7.52 Heating Climate Type Dimensions of Unit 14.32 Cooling Circuit breaker A Recommended mm2×N Power Lines Moisture protection Connecting pipe 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph 12.45 — — 1/2 Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Width mm 1340 1340 930+930 Depth mm 770 770 770+770 Height mm 1670 1670 1670+1670 Width mm 1420 1420 1010+1010 Depth mm 850 850 850+850 Height mm 1850 1850 1850+1850 Net Weight kg 350 370 255+255 Gross Weight kg 380 400 275+275 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit 7 7 —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit 16 16 —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit 24 24 —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . 7 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) GMV-Pdm560W2/NaB-M GMV-Pdm615W2/NaB-M GMV-Pdm670W2/NaB-M Model GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M Cooling Capacity kW 56.0 61.5 68.0 kBtu/h 191.072 209.838 232.016 kW 63.0 69.0 76.5 kBtu/h 214.956 235.428 261.018 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 62 62 62 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input Cooling kW 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph 7.52+7.52 7.52+9.23 7.52+12.45 Heating kW 7.70+7.70 7.70+9.38 7.70+11.2 Cooling A 13.44+13.44 13.44+16.50 13.44+22.25 Heating A 13.76+13.76 13.76+16.77 13.76+20.02 Circuit breaker A 32+32 32+40 32+40 Recommended Power Lines mm2×N 6×5+6×5 6×5+10×5 6×5+10×5 Moisture protection IP24 IP24 IP24 Climate Type T1 T1 T1 ĭ Current Gas Pipe Connecting pipe Liquid Pipe Oil Pipe mm ĭ ĭ Inch 9/8 9/8 9/8 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 5/8 5/8 5/8 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch Connection Method Width Dimensions of Unit Dimensions of Package mm 1/2 1/2 1/2 Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection 930+930 930+1340 930+1340 Depth mm 770+770 770+770 770+770 Height mm 1670+1670 1670+1670 1670+1670 Width mm 1010+1010 1010+1420 1010+1420 Depth mm 850+850 850+850 850+850 Height mm 1850+1850 1850+1850 1850+1850 Net Weight kg 255+255 255+350 255+350 Gross Weight kg 275+275 275+380 275+380 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . QSPEVDU 8 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) GMV-Pdm730W2/NaB-M GMV-Pdm785W2/NaB-M GMV-Pdm850W2/NaB-M Model GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M Cooling Capacity kW 73.0 80.0 85.0 kBtu/h 249.076 272.960 290.020 kW 81.5 90.0 95.0 kBtu/h 278.078 307.080 324.140 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 63 63 63 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph Cooling kW 7.52+14.32 9.23+14.32 12.45+14.32 Heating kW 7.70+13.90 9.38+13.90 11.20+13.90 Cooling A 13.44+25.6 16.50+25.60 22.25+25.60 Heating A 13.76+24.85 16.77+24.85 20.02+24.85 A 32+40 40+40 40+40 2 6×5+10×5 10×5+10×5 10×5+10×5 Moisture protection IP24 IP24 IP24 Climate Type T1 T1 T1 ĭ Current Circuit breaker Recommended Power Lines Gas Pipe Connecting pipe Liquid Pipe Oil Pipe mm ×N mm ĭ ĭ Inch 11/8 11/8 11/8 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 3/4 3/4 3/4 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch Connection Method Width Dimensions of Unit Dimensions of Package mm 1/2 1/2 1/2 Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection 930+1340 1340+1340 1340+1340 Depth mm 770+770 770+770 770+770 Height mm 1670+1670 1670+1670 1670+1670 Width mm 1010+1420 1420+1420 1420+1420 Depth mm 850+850 850+850 850+850 Height mm 1850+1850 1850+1850 1850+1850 Net Weight kg 255+370 350+370 350+370 Gross Weight kg 275+400 380+400 380+400 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . 9 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) Model Cooling Capacity GMV-Pdm900W2/NaB-M GMV-Pdm950W3/NaB-M GMV-Pdm1008W3/NaB-M GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M kW 90.0 96.0 101.0 kBtu/h 307.080 327.552 344.612 kW 100.0 108.0 113.0 kBtu/h 341.200 368.496 385.526 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 63 64 64 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph Cooling kW 14.32+14.32 7.52+7.52+12.45 7.52+7.52+14.32 Heating kW 13.90+13.90 7.70+7.70+11.2 7.70+7.70+13.90 Cooling A 25.6+25.6 13.44+13.44+22.25 13.44+13.44+25.6 Heating A 24.85+24.85 13.76+13.76+20.02 13.76+13.76+24.85 Circuit breaker A 40+40 32+32+40 32+32+40 Recommended Power Lines mm2×N 10×5+10×5 6×5+6×5+10×5 6×5+6×5+10×5 IP24 IP24 IP24 Current Moisture protection Climate Type Gas Pipe Connecting pipe Liquid Pipe Oil Pipe T1 T1 T1 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 11/8 11/8 13/8 ĭ mm ĭ ĭ Inch 3/4 3/4 3/4 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch Connection Method Width Dimensions of Unit Dimensions of Package mm 1/2 1/2 1/2 Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection 1340+1340 930+930+1340 930+930+1340 Depth mm 770+770 770+770+770 770+770+770 Height mm 1670+1670 1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670 Width mm 1420+1420 1010+1010+1420 1010+1010+1420 Depth mm 850+850 850+850+850 850+850+850 Height mm 1850+1850 1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850 Net Weight kg 370+370 255+255+350 255+255+370 Gross Weight kg 400+400 275+275+380 275+275+400 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . QSPEVDU 10 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) GMV-Pdm1065W3/NaB-M GMV-Pdm1130W3/NaB-M GMV-Pdm1180W3/NaB-M Model GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M Cooling Capacity kW 108.0 113.0 118.0 kBtu/h 368.469 385.556 402.616 kW 121.5 126.5 131.5 kBtu/h 414.558 431.618 448.678 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 64 64 64 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph Cooling kW 7.52+9.23+14.32 7.52+12.45+14.32 7.52+14.32+14.32 Heating kW 7.70+9.38+13.9 7.70+11.2+13.9 7.70+13.90+13.90 Cooling A 13.44+16.50+25.6 13.44+22.25+25.6 13.44+25.6+25.6 Heating A 13.76+16.77+24.85 13.76+20.02+24.85 13.76+24.85+24.85 Circuit breaker A 32+40+40 32+40+40 32+40+40 Recommended Power Lines mm2×N 6×5+10×5+10×5 6×5+10×5+10×5 6×5+10×5+10×5 IP24 IP24 IP24 Power input Current Moisture protection Climate Type Gas Pipe Connecting pipe Liquid Pipe Oil Pipe mm Dimensions of Package T1 T1 ĭ ĭ Inch 13/8 13/8 13/8 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 3/4 3/4 3/4 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 1/2 1/2 1/2 Connection Method Dimensions of Unit T1 ĭ Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Width mm 930+1340+1340 930+1340+1340 930+1340+1340 Depth mm 770+770+770 770+770+770 770+770+770 Height mm 1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670 Width mm 1010+1420+1420 1010+1420+1420 1010+1420+1420 Depth mm 850+850+850 850+850+850 850+850+850 Height mm 1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850 Net Weight kg 255+350+370 255+350+370 255+370+370 Gross Weight kg 275+380+400 275+380+400 275+400+400 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . 11 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) GMV-Pdm1235W3/NaB-M GMV-Pdm1300W3/NaB-M GMV-Pdm1350W3/NaB-M Model GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M Cooling Capacity kW 125.0 130.0 135.0 kBtu/h 426.500 443.560 460.620 kW 14.0 145.0 150.0 kBtu/h 477.680 494.740 511.800 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 65 65 65 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph Cooling kW 9.23+14.32+14.32 12.45+14.32+14.32 14.32+14.32+14.32 Heating kW 9.38+13.9+13.9 11.2+13.9+13.9 13.90+13.90+13.90 Cooling A 16.5+25.6+25.6 22.25+25.6+25.6 25.6+25.6+25.6 Heating A 16.77+24.85+24.85 20.02+24.85+24.85 24.85+24.85+24.85 Circuit breaker A 40+40+40 40+40+40 40+40+40 Recommended Power Lines mm2×N 10×5+10×5+10×5 10×5+10×5+10×5 10×5+10×5+10×5 IP24 IP24 IP24 Current Moisture protection Climate Type Gas Pipe Connecting pipe Liquid Pipe Oil Pipe mm Dimensions of Package T1 T1 ĭ ĭ Inch 13/8 13/8 13/8 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 3/4 3/4 3/4 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 1/2 1/2 1/2 Connection Method Dimensions of Unit T1 ĭ Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Width mm 1340+1340+1340 1340+1340+1340 1340+1340+1340 Depth mm 770+770+770 770+770+770 770+770+770 Height mm 1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670 Width mm 1420+1420+1420 1420+1420+1420 1420+1420+1420 Depth mm 850+850+850 850+850+850 850+850+850 Height mm 1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850 Net Weight kg 350+370+370 350+370+370 370+370+370 Gross Weight kg 380+400+400 380+400+400 400+400+400 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . QSPEVDU 12 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) GMV-Pdm1405W4/NaB-M GMV-Pdm1456W4/NaB-M GMV-Pdm1512W4/NaB-M Model GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M Cooling Capacity kW 141.0 146.0 153.0 kBtu/h 481.092 498.152 522.036 kW 158.0 163.0 171.0 kBtu/h 539.096 556.156 585.158 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 65 65 65 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input Current kW 7.52+7.52+12.45+14.32 7.52+7.52+14.32+14.32 7.52+9.23+14.32+14.32 Heating kW 7.707.70+11.2+13.9 7.70+7.70+13.90+13.90 7.70+9.38+13.90+13.90 Cooling A 13.44+13.44+22.25+25.6 13.44+13.44+25.6+25.6 13.44+16.50+25.6+25.6 Heating A 13.76+13.76+20.02+24.85 13.76+13.76+24.85+24.85 13.76+16.77+24.85+24.85 31+32+40+40 32+32+40+40 32+40+40+40 6×5+6×5+10×5+10×5 6×5+6×5+10×5+10×5 6×5+10×5+10×5+10×5 IP24 IP24 IP24 Circuit breaker A Recommended mm2×N Power Lines Moisture protection Climate Type Connecting pipe T1 T1 T1 Gas Pipe mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 7/4 7/4 13/8 Liquid Pipe mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 7/8 7/8 3/4 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Oil Pipe Inch Connection Method Width Dimensions of Unit Dimensions of Package 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph Cooling mm 1/2 1/2 1/2 Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection 930+930+1340+1340 930+930+1340+1340 930+1340+1340+1340 Depth mm 770+770+770+770 770+770+770+770 770+770+770+770 Height mm 1670+1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670+1670 Width mm 1010+1010+1420+1420 1010+1010+1420+1420 1010+1420+1420+1420 Depth mm 850+850+850+850 850+850+850+850 850+850+850+850 Height mm 1850+1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850+1850 Net Weight kg 255+255+350+370 255+255+370+370 255+350+370+370 Gross Weight kg 275+275+380+400 275+275+400+400 275+380+400+400 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . 13 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) kW GMV-Pdm1570W4/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M 155.0 GMV-Pdm1650W4/NaB-M GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M 163.0 GMV-Pdm1700W4/NaB-M GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M 170.0 kBtu/h 528.860 556.156 580.040 Model Cooling Capacity kW 176.5 181.5 190.0 kBtu/h 602.218 619.278 648.280 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 65 65 66 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input Current kW 7.52+12.45+14.32+14.32 7.52+14.32+14.32+14.32 9.23+14.32+14.32+14.32 Heating kW 7.70+11.2+13.9+13.9 7.70+13.9013.90+13.90 9.38+13.9+13.9+13.9 Cooling A 13.44+22.25+25.6+25.6 13.44+25.6+25.6+25.6 16.5+25.6+25.6+25.6 Heating A 13.76+20.02+24.85+24.85 13.76+24.85+24.85+24.85 16.77+24.58+24.85+24.85 32+40+40+40 32+40+40+40 40+40+40+40 6×5+10×5+10×5+10×5 6×5+10×5+10×5+10×5 10×5+10×5+10×5+10×5 IP24 IP24 IP24 Circuit breaker A Recommended mm2×N Power Lines Moisture protection Climate Type Connecting pipe T1 T1 T1 Gas Pipe mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 7/4 17/8 17/8 Liquid Pipe mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Inch 7/8 1 1 mm ĭ ĭ ĭ Oil Pipe Inch Connection Method Width Dimensions of Unit Dimensions of Package 380-415V~50Hz-3Ph Cooling mm 1/2 1/2 1/2 Brazing Connection Brazing Connection Brazing Connection 930+1340+1340+1340 930+1340+1340+1340 1340+1340+1340+1340 Depth mm 770+770+770+770 770+770+770+770 770+770+770+770 Height mm 1670+1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670+1670 Width mm 1010+1420+1420+1420 1010+1420+1420+1420 1420+1420+1420+1420 Depth mm 850+850+850+850 850+850+850+850 850+850+850+850 Height mm 1850+1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850+1850 Net Weight kg 255+350+370+370 255+370+370+370 350+370+370+370 Gross Weight kg 275+380+400+400 275+400+400+400 380+400+400+400 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . QSPEVDU 14 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Model(Combined unit) kW GMV-Pdm1750W4/NaB-M GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M 175.0 GMV-Pdm1800W4/NaB-M GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M +GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M 180.0 kBtu/h 597.100 614.160 Model Cooling Capacity kW 195.0 200.0 kBtu/h 665.340 682.400 Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 66 66 Power Supply V/Hz/Ph Heating Power input Current Cooling kW 12.45+14.32+14.32+14.32 14.32+14.32+14.32+14.32 Heating kW 11.2+13.9013.90+13.90 13.9+13.9+13.9+13.9 Cooling A 22.25+25.6+25.6+25.6 25.6+25.6+25.6+25.6 Heating A 20.02+24.85+24.85+24.85 24.85+24.85+24.85+24.85 40+40+40+40 40+40+40+40 10×5+10×5+10×5+10×5 10×5+10×5+10×5+10×5 IP24 IP24 Circuit breaker A Recommended mm2×N Power Lines Moisture protection Climate Type Connecting pipe T1 T1 Gas Pipe mm ĭ ĭ Inch 17/8 17/8 Liquid Pipe mm ĭ ĭ Inch 1 1 mm ĭ ĭ Oil Pipe Inch Connection Method Width Dimensions of Unit Dimensions of Package mm 1/2 1/2 Brazing Connection Brazing Connection 1340+1340+1340+1340 1340+1340+1340+1340 Depth mm 770+770+770+770 770+770+770+770 Height mm 1670+1670+1670+1670 1670+1670+1670+1670 Width mm 1420+1420+1420+1420 1420+1420+1420+1420 Depth mm 850+850+850+850 850+850+850+850 Height mm 1850+1850+1850+1850 1850+1850+1850+1850 Net Weight kg 350+370+370+370 370+370+370+370 Gross Weight kg 380+400+400+400 400+400+400+400 Loading Quantity ( 20’ Container ) unit —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ Container ) unit —— —— Loading Quantity ( 40’ High Cube Container ) unit —— —— Notes: ķ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation. ĸ The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. Ĺ The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. ĺ Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. Ļ The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. ļ R unning condition of cooling: outdoor temperature -5 ~48 ; Running condition of heating: outdoor temperature -20 ~27 . 15 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5 PIPING DIAGRAM 5.1 Piping diagram of GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ QSPEVDU 16 ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.2 Piping diagram of GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ ˄˅ NO. Name Major Function According to the actual need, the inverter compressor can adjust its revolution among 30rps~90rps. 1 Inverter compressor(INV) 2 Standard compressor(STD1/STD2) 3 High pressure switch(for INV) When the discharge pressure of the inverter compressor exceeds the upper limit of the high pressure switch, a feedback signal will be sent out to stop the unit immediately so as to protect the compressor. 4 High pressure switch(for STD1/ STD2) :KHQWKHGLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUHRIWKH¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ compressor exceeds the upper limit of the high pressure switch, a feedback signal will be sent out to stop the unit immediately so as to protect the compressor. 5 Check valve(for INV) When the inverter compressor fails to meet the needs of the V\VWHPWKH¿[HGIUHTXHQF\FRPSUHVVRUZLOOVWDUWWRJHWKHU It is used to prevent the high-pressure reverse gas going into the inverter compressor at the moment that the compressor stops so as to avoid abnormal startup next time and other problems. 17 QSPEVDU DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual QSPEVDU 18 It is used to prevent the high-pressure reverse gas going into the ¿[HGIUHTXHQF\FRPSUHVVRUDWWKHPRPHQWWKHFRPSUHVVRUVWRSV so as to avoid abnormal startup next time and other problems. 6 Check valve(for STD1/ STD2) 7 Oil separator It is used to separate the gas and oil so as to guarantee the reliability of the compressor. 8 Check valve It is used to prevent the high-pressure reverse gas going into the modules at the moment that the unit stops 9 Four way valve It is used to change the status of the heat exchanger. 10 Heat exchanger It is used to exchanger heat outdoor. 11 Check valve 12 Electronic expansion valve 13 Receiver 14 Check valve (for cooling) It is used under the cooling mode. 15 Solenoid valve (for heating) It is used under the cooling mode. 16 Check valve It is used under the cooling mode. 17 Filter-drier 18 High pressure sensor It is used to detect the real-time high pressure for protecting the compressor and other controls. 19 Low pressure sensor It is used to detect the real-time low pressure for protecting the compressor and other controls. 20 Solenoid valve (hot gas) 21 Solenoid valve (liquid bypass) 22 Accumulator 23 Solenoid valve(INV) 24 Solenoid valve(STD1/ STD2) 25 Solenoid valve(Oil balance) 26 Servicing valve It is where the low pressure can be measured and refrigerant can be charged for after-sales maintenance. 27 Liquid pipe It is the pipe to pass the refrigerant liquid of the system. 28 Gas pipe 29 Oil balance pipe ,WLVXVHGWRUHGXFHWKHSUHVVXUHORVVRIWKHUHIULJHUDQWÀRZ It is used to adjust the degree of superheat and then DGMXVWWKHUHIULJHUDQWÀRZWRHQVXUHWKHUHOLDELOLW\ DQGVXI¿FLHQWKHDWH[FKDQJHRIWKHV\VWHP It is used to store unused refrigerant to avoid abnormity. It is used to absorb moisture in the system so as to avoid “ice plug” or “copper plating” on the surface of the compressor It is used to protect the system running under low pressure or the compressor starting with pressure difference. It is used to prevent the compressor running at high temperature. It is used to prevent the compressor running at high humidity condition. It is used to return the lubricant to the inverter compressor. ,WLVXVHGWRUHWXUQWKHOXEULFDQWWRWKH¿[HGIUHTXHQF\FRPSUHVVRU It is used to balance the lubricant among modules. It is the pipe to pass the refrigerant gas of the system. It is the pipe to balance the lubricant oil between modules. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual CONTROL 19 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual CONTROL 1 CONTROL OF THE UNIT 1.1 Concept of Integral Control of the Unit 1.1.1 Unit Control Schematic Diagram Inverter drive control system 2 - core communication cable 3 - core pin header Adap for board Mainboard of indoor unit 4 - core communication cable Mainboard of indoor unit Display board of indoor unit Display board of indoor unit Display board of indoor unit Indoor unit n+1 Indoor unit n Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit, a maximum of 16 sets to be connected Electronic expansion valve Temperature sensor Mainboard of indoor unit Main control board of outdoor unit Relay output High and low control pressure switch protection input Outdoor Unit Air conditioning units can be divided into indoor unit and outdoor unit. A maximum of 16 sets of indoor units can be connected to an outdoor unit. 2-core (3-core pin header) communication cable is used for the connection between indoor unit and outdoor unit. Indoor unit is connected to display board via 4-core communication cable. In engineering installation, address dial-up of the display board and the mainboard of indoor unit shall be dialed. The address dial-up of the mainboard of indoor unit must be identical with that of the display board of the same indoor unit. Address dial-up of different indoor unit must vary. Multi VRF indoor unit is applicable to all digital or inverter outdoor units. Controller of outdoor unit falls into two categories in terms of its function, i.e. main control system and inverter drive control system 1.1.2 DC Inverter Unit 1) Main control system A. Functions: main control system shall be connected to indoor unit through 2-core (3-core pin header) communication cable in order to receive start or stop commands, mode, setting temperature and ambient temperature from indoor unit, determine operation mode of outdoor unit, and through calculation based on capacity, decide proper running frequency which shall be sent to the drive control system through 2-core (3-core pin header) communication cable. Fan speed shall be regulated according to system pressure. Real-time monitoring of temperature sensors, operation state and protection of unit shall be performed to ensure normal and stable operation of the whole system. Protection codes of outdoor unit shall be displayed on the LED on the main control board when failure occurs. When drive is at fault, E5 VKDOOEHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHGLVSOD\ERDUGRILQGRRUXQLWDQGVSHFL¿FIDLOXUHW\SHVKDOOEHLQGLFDWHGRQWKH/('RQWKHPDLQ control board of outdoor unit. B. Input and output controlled variables Sensors include ambient temp. sensor, tube-inlet temp. sensor, tube-middle temp. sensor, tube-outlet temp. sensor, compressor exhaust temp. sensor, compressor casing top temp. sensor, high pressure sensor and low pressure sensor. Switch protection: high pressure protection, over-current protection Output control objects: fan frequency, compressor heat tape (controlled by drive board), compressor AC contactor (3-phase, controlled by drive board), gas bypass valve, 4-way valve, solenoid valve A, oil equilibrium valve, liquid bypass valve and capillary solenoid valve. DPOUSPM 20 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual C. 485 communication interface: indoor unit communication network and adaptor board CN1 shall be connected to the mainboard of indoor unit through 2-core (3-core pin header) communication cable; drive communication network and the mainboards CN11~CN14 of outdoor unit shall be connected to the drive board through 2-core (3-core pin header) communication cable. 2) Drive control system 3-phase power supply unit Reactor M L1,L2, L3,N L1,L2, L3,N Communication Functions of various modules: $ )LOWHUSODWHRQHRIWKHWZRNH\IXQFWLRQVLVWR¿OWHUDQGHOLPLQDWHSRZHULQWHUIHUHQFHVDQGHQVXUHDQWLLQWHUIHUHQFH capability of the unit even in a rugged power supply environment; the other one is to suppress interferences from power supply in order to prevent the operation of the unit from affecting other appliances such as TV. Because inverter unit works LQDVSHFLDOZD\WKDWLVUHODWLYHO\VHQVLWLYHWRLQWHUIHUHQFHV¿OWHUSODWHLVQRUPDOO\DUUDQJHG%HFDXVHSKDVHSRZHUVXSSO\ LVXVHGIRUWKHXQLWSKDVH¿OWHUSODWHWKDWXVHVVWDJH¿OWHULQJPRGHVKDOOEHHPSOR\HG,QSXWWHUPLQDOVRISKDVH¿OWHU plate are respectively AC-L1, AC-L2,AC-L3 and N, and corresponding output terminals are respectively L1-OUT,L2-OUT, L3-OUT and N-OUT. B Drive board is a key part of control system. Receiving commands from the main control board, the drive board can transform 380V, 50Hz, 3-phase commercial power into AC power with adjustable amplitude and frequency, capable to drive compressor. 21 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1.2 Operation Flow Chart of the Unit Conne cting To Power Suppl y Initialization Of Bectroni c Expansion Valve Volume:Air Supply Direction Start Indicating Ligh t OFF Start Indicating Light Is ON Stop Start/Stop Display The Last Setting s Of Air Start Is The Protecting Yes Start Display:Flickering Abno rmality Code Display No Yes Is The Start Indi cating Press The Start / Stop Switch No Start Indicating Light ON Air Volume Setting Display Displaying Air Supply Direction Setting Display Displaying Temperature Setting Display Displaying Start Display : OFF Abnor mal Mode Display Air Supply Blower : Stop Electronic Expansion Air Supply Or Temperature Guide Louve r : Stop Temperature Adjustment Cooling Or Heatig? Coolin gH Cooling Operation eating Heating Operation A DPOUSPM 22 Air Supply Air Supply Operation DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Cooling Operation Cooling Operation There Is Not Guide Louv er There Is Guide Louv ers Swing Fan Moto r :Operation In The Process Of Preventing Restart Operation? (3 Minut es) No Temperature Adjustment? Yes Electronic Expansion Valve Capacity Control Fan Motor : Stop Electronic Expansion Valve : Close A 23 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Heating Operation Heating Operation There Is Not Guide Louv er There Is Guide Louv ers Swing In The Operation Of Defrosting ? Yes No In The Process Of Preventing Restart Operation? (3 Minut es) Yes No Temperature Adjustment ? No Yes In The Process Of Preventing Cold Air? Yes Fan Motor : Stop Fan Motor : Stop Electronic Expansion Valve :Close Electronic Expansion Valve :Close Defrosting Control No Fan Motor : As Per Set Air Supply Speed Fan Motor : Stop Electronic Expansion Valve : Capacity C ontrol A DPOUSPM 24 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Air supply running Air supply running No Guide Louver Yes Guide louver is swaying Fan:running at set speed Electronic expansion valve : controlled in air supply mode A Drying running Drying running No Guide Louver Yes Guide louver is swaying Fan:running at low speed Yes Is restart being avoided?(3 minutes) No Temperature regulation? Yes Electronic expansion valve: capacity control No Fan : stop Electronic expansion valve: stop A 25 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1.3 Operation Flow Chart of Outdoor Unit The unit is powered on The electronic expansion valve: initialized Air supply Air supply or temperature regulation? Temperature regulation Yes Is restart being avoided? (3 minutes) No Yes Is protection device operating? Abnormality indicator of outdoor unit: bright No Is abnormality I ndicator of outdoor unit is bright? Yes Press the run/stop switch Abnormality indicator of outdoor unit: bright No Cooling Heating Cooling or heating? 4-way valve: On while heating Off while cooling and air supply Cooling running Heating running Outdoor fan: stop Outdoor electronic expansion valve: stop Compressor: stop B DPOUSPM 26 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Cooling Running Cooling running Yes Is startup being initialized ? No Is compressor being protected? Yes No 4-way valve: stop 4-way valve: stop 4-way valve: stop Outdoor fan: cooling control mode Outdoor fan: protection control Outdoor fan: cooling control mode Compressor: capacity control Compressor: protection control Compressor: initialized Outdoor electronic expansion valve: fully open Outdoor electronic expansion valve: stop Outdoor electronic expansion valve: fully open B Heating running Heating running Is startup being initialized? Yes No Yes Is defrost running? No Is compressor being protected? Yes No 4-way valve: open 4-way valve: open Outdoor fan:heating control mode Outdoor fan:protection control mode 4-way valve: reverse 4-way valve: open Outdoor fan:defrost control Outdoor fan:heating control mode Compressor:capacity control Compressor:protection control Compressor:initial defrost control Compressor:initialized Electronic expansion valve of outdoor unit:capacity control Electronic expansion valve of outdoor unit:capacity control Electronic expansion valve of outdoor unit:capacity control Electronic expansion valve of outdoor unit:fully open B 27 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2 WIREDLESS REMOTE CONTROLLER This Service Manual contain two wiredless remote controller,Y512 and YB1FA. Y512 is applicable to Cassette Type and Duct type. YB1FA m is applicable to Mounted Wall Type and Floor Ceiling Type. 2.1 Wiredless Remote Controller Y512 NOTE! Make sure that there is no obstruction between the remote control and the signal receptor. The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 10m. Don’t drop or throw the remote control. 'RQ¶WOHWDQ\OLTXLGÀRZLQWRWKHUHPRWHFRQWURO Don’t put the remote control directly under the sunlight or any place where is very hot. FAN button Press the button to change the speed of the fan according to the following order. 6:,1* $872)$1 TEMP. button Set temp. increases 1 c by pressing "+" and decreases 1 c by pressing "-" once. Set temp. : 16 c~30 c Set temp. : 16 c~30 c )$1 AUTO FAN SPEED 23(5 $872 $,5 6:,1* +80,' /,*+7 6$9( 7,0(5 212)) +5 COOL DRY FAN HEAT Set temp. : 16 c~30 c Set temp. : 16 c~30 c ON/OFF button Press the button to turn on the unit. Press the button once again to turn off the unit and cancal the timer. MODE button Press the button to change the mode according to the 02'( 21)) NOTE: The cooling only units have no mode. NOTE! $IWHUHYHU\LQGRRUXQLWUHFHLYHGWKHWXUQRIIVLJQDOWKHIDQDQGHOHFWULFLQÀDWHYDOYHZLOOFRQWLQXHWRZRUNIRU 70mins to make use of the rest cool or rest heat, while for preparation for the nest work. And this is normal phenomenon. DPOUSPM 28 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual NOTE! This type of remote control is a kind of general use remote control that is suitable for several types (function) of air conditioner units. Please understand that the functions and buttons that are not suitable for this air conditioner will not be introduced. Liquid crystal displayer It shows all set contents. 6:,1* )$1 $872)$1 23(5 $872 $,5 6:,1* +80,' /,*+7 6$9( 7,0(5 212)) +5 6/((3 $,5 /,*+7 +80,' 7,0(521 7,0(52)) 02'( $1,21 SLEEP button Press the button to set SLEEP mode, and stop when repressed. When the sleep mode is in the cool and dry mode, the set during the set time, then the unit will operate according to the temp.. When sleep mode is in the heat mode, the set temp. during the set time, then the unit will operate according to the set temp.. 6$9( 21)) Temp./Timer button When the unit is operating, increase 1 by pressing "+" button once, and decrease 1 by pressing "-" button once. The indoor temp. can be set in the range of 16-30 . Press the "Timer OFF/TIMER ON" button at operating/ stopping to set the off/on time. Press "Timer OFF/TIMER ON" once to increase 0.5 hour for the set time. The Max.value of setting time could be 24 hoursˈwhen repressed it the setting time will be canceled. 29 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.1.1 Operation procedure Normal procedure 1) Press ON/OFF button after connected with the power, then the unit is operating. 2) Press MODE button to choose the need operation mode. 3) Press FAN button to set the fan speed. 4) Press +/- button to set the need temp. Selectable procedure 5) Press SLEEP mode to set the sleep state. 6) Press TIMER OFF button to set the set time. NOTE: When the operating mode selected by the indoor unit is clash with the one selected by the outdoor unit, the remote FRQWUROOHUZLOOGLVSOD\WKHRSHUDWLQJFODVKDIWHUVHFRQGVDQGWKHSRZHUOLJKWZLOOÀLFNHUWKHQWKHLQGRRUXQLWWXUQVRII At this time, the units will become normal after the operating mode of the indoor unit is changed to cooperate with the outdoor unit. Cool mode can cooperate with dry mode, and fan mode can cooperate with any mode. 3.1.2 How to insert batteries Two batteries (Two AAA dry-cell batteries) are used by the remote control 1) Remote the cover from the back of the remote control downward, take out the worn batteries and insert two new ones (Make sure the two poles are correct) 2) Re-attach the cover. ACL 1)All the prints and code no. will be showed on the displayer after the insert of batteries. The remote control can be operated after 10sec. 2)The lifetime of the batteries is about one year. 3)Don't confuse the new and worn or different types of batteries. 4)Remove batteries when the ķRemove the cover remote control is not in use for a ĹRe-attach the cover longtime to avoid mal-function caused by liquid leakage. 5)The remote control should be placed about 1m or more from the open TV set or any other electric appliances. 6)The remote control should be used in the receivable range (the RESET KEY reception range is 10m) 7)When the remote control can not be controlled in the situation of inserted batteries, please remove the back cover and press "ACL" button to make it normal. ĸInsert 2AAA dry-cell battaries(attachment) DPOUSPM 30 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.2 Wiredless Remote Controller YB1FA 2.2.1 Names and functions of wireless remote control NOTE: Be sure that there are no obstructions between receiver and remote controller;Don't drop or throw the remote control; Don't let any liquid in the remote control andNote: Be sure that there are no obstructions between receiver and remote controller;Middle fanput the remote control directly under the sunlight or any place where is very hot. FAN AUTO OPER HOUR ONOFF ON/OFF MODE FAN CLOCK TIMER ON BLOW TEMP TIMER OFF TURBO SLEEP LIGHT ON/OFF Press this button, the unit will be turned on, press it once more, the unit will be turnedoff. When turning on or turning off the unit,the Timer, Sleep function will be canceled,but the presetting time is still remained. MODE Press this button, Auto, Cool,Dry, Fan, Heat mode can be selected circularly. MODE buttonMODEAuto mode is default while power on. Under Auto mode,the temperature will not be displayed; Under Heat mode, theinitial value is 28 (82 ). ;Under other modes,the initial value is 25 (77 ). 31 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual SLEEP Press this button, Sleep On and Sleep Off can be selected. After powered on,SleepSLEEP buttonSLEEPOff is defaulted. After the unit is turned off, the Sleep function is canceled. AfterSleep function set up, the signal of Sleepwill display. In this mode, the time of timercan be adjusted. Under Fan and Auto modes, this function is not available. FAN Press this button, Auto, Low, Middle, Highspeed can be circularly selected. AfterFAN buttonFANpowered on,Auto fan speed is default.Under Dehumidify mode, Low fan speedonly can be set up. AUTO Low fan Middle fan High fan CLOCK blink and display.Within 5 CLOCK buttonCLOCKseconds, the Press this button, the clock can be set up, signal value can be adjusted by pressing + or - button, if continuouslypress this button for 2 seconds above, in every 0.5 seconds, will be constantly the value on ten place of Minute will be increased 1. During blinking,repress the Clock button, signal will be displayed and it denotes the setting succeeded. After powered on, 12:00 is defaulted to display and signal displayed. If there is signal be displayed that denotes the current time value is Clock value, otherwise is Timer value. LIGHT Press this button at unit On or Off status, Light On and Light Off can be set up. LIGHT buttonLIGHTAfter powered on, Light On is defaulted. Notice: This is a general use remote controller, it could be used for the air conditioners with multifunction; For some function, which the model dosen't have, if press thecorresponding button on the remote controller that the unit will keep the original running status. BLOW Press this button, can turn on or turn offthe drying.In Cool and Dehumidifying mode,this button,"BLOW" will be concealed, atthis time the Blow function is turned off.After powered on, Blow OFF is defaulted.When operating the ON/ OFF button, orswitching mode to Cool or Dehumidifyingmode,the Blow function will keep the originalstatus. If unit is turned off, Blow OFF onlycan be set up and send the signal. In Auto,Fan as well as Heat mode, Blow functioncan not be set up and there is no "BLOW"displaying.press this button and will display "BLOW",at this time the Blow is turned on. If repress this button,"BLOW" will be concealed, atthis time the Blow function is turned off.After powered on, Blow OFF is defaulted.When operating the ON/OFF button, orswitching mode to Cool or Dehumidifyingmode,the Blow function will keep the originalstatus. If unit is turned off, Blow OFF onlycan be set up and send the signal. In Auto,Fan as well as Heat mode, Blow functioncan not be set up and there is no "BLOW"displaying. – Presetting temperature can be decreased. Press this button, the temperature can be - button-set up, continuously press this button and hold for two seconds, the relative contents can quickly change, until unhold this button and send the order that the ( )signal will be displayed all the time. The temperature adjustment is unav-ailable under the Auto mode, but the ordercan be sent by if pressing this button. + For presetting temperature increasing. Press this button,can set up the temperature,when unit is on . Continuously press and hold this button for more than 2 seconds, the corresponding contents will be changed rapidly, until unpress the button then send the information, ( )is disp- laying all along. In Auto mode, the temp-erature can not be set up, but operate thisbutton can send the signal. Centigradesetting range :16-30; Fahrenheit scalesetting range 61-86. TEMP Press this button, could select displaying the indoor setting temperature or indoor ambient temperature.When the LQGRRUXQLW¿UVWO\SRZHURQLWZLOOGLVSOD\WKHVHWWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHLIWKHWHPSHUDWXUH VGLVSOD\LQJVWDWXVLVFKDQJHGIURP other status to" ", displays the ambient temperature, 5s later or within 5s, it receives other remote control signal that will return to display the settingtemperature. if the users haven't set up the temperature displaying status,that will display the setting temperature. (This function is applicable to partial of models) After powered on, the setting temperature displaying is defaulted, (according to customers requirements to display, if there is no requirement that will default to display the presetting temperature and there is no icon displayed on wireless remote control). Press this button,(When displaying ) , will display presetting temperature; (when displaying ) will display indoor ambient temperature,TEMP buttonTEMP current displaying status will not be changed. If current DPOUSPM 32 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual displays indoor ambient temperature, if received the other remote control signal, it will display presetting temperature, 5s later, will back to display the ambient temperature.(This function is applicable to partial of models) TURBO In Cool or Heat mode, press this buttoncan turn on or turn off the Turbo function.After turned on the Turbo function, itssignal will be displayed. When switchingthe mode or changing fan speed, thisfunction will be canceled automatically. Press this button, to set up swing angle,which circularly changes as below: This is an universal use remote controller. If remote controller sends the following threekinds of status that the swing status of mainunit will be: When the guide louver start to swing up anddown, if turn off the Swing, the air guide louverwill stop at current ZKLFKLQGLFDWHVWKHJXLGHORXYHUVZLQJVXSDQGGRZQEHWZHHQWKDWDOO¿YHSRVLWLRQV position. TIMER ON Timer On setting: Signal “ON” will blink and display, signal will conceal, the numerical section will become the timer on setting status. During 5 seconds blink, by pressing + or - button to adjust the time value of numerical section, every press of that button, the value will be increased or decreased 1 minute. Hold pressing + or - button, 2 seconds later, it quickly change, the way of change is: During the initial 2.5 seconds, ten numbers change in the one place of minute, then the one place is constant, ten numbers change in the tens place of minute at 2.5 seconds speed and carry. During 5s blink, press the Timer button, the timer setting succeeds. The Timer On has been set up, repress the timer On button, the Timer On will be canceled. Before setting the Timer, please adjust the Clock to the current actual time. TIMER OFF Once press this key to enter into TIMER OFF setup, in which casethe TIMER OFF icon will blink. The method of setting is the same TIMER OFFas for TIMER ON. 2.2.2 Guide for operation- General operation 1 ON/OFF MODE 2 3 4 5 FAN CLOCK TIMER ON BLOW TEMP TIMER OFF TURBO SLEEP LIGHT 1. After powered on, press ON/OFF button, the unit will start to run.(Note: When it is powered off, the guide louver of main unit will close automatically.) 2.Press MODE button, select desired running mode, or press COOL or HEAT mode to enter into the corresponding operation directly. 3.Pressing +or - button, to set the desired temperature. (It is unnecessary to set the temp. at AUTO mode.) 4. Pressing FAN button, set fan speed, can select AUTO FAN, LOW, MID and HIGH. 5. Pressing button, to select the swing. 33 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.2.3 Guide for operation- Optional operation ON/OFF MODE FAN CLOCK TIMER ON 2 4 BLOW TEMP TIMER OFF TURBO SLEEP LIGHT 3 1 1. Press SLEEP button, to set sleep. 2. Press TIMER ON and TIMER OFF button, can set the scheduled timer on or timer off. 3. Press LIGHT button, to control the on and off of the displaying part of the unit (This function may be not available for some units). 4. Press TURBO button, can realize the ON and OFF of TURBOfunction. 2.2.4 Introduction for special function About blow function This function indicates that moisture on evaporator of indoor unit will be blowed after the unit About blow functionis stopped to avoid mould.1. Having set blow function on: After turning off the unit by pressing ON/OFF button indoorfan will continue running for about 10 min. at low speed. In this period, press blow button to stop indoor fan directly.2. Having set blow function off: After turning off the unit by pressing ON/OFF button, the complete unit will be off directly. About AUTO RUN When AUTO RUN mode is selected, the setting temperature will not be displayed on the LCD, the unit will be in accordance with the room temp. automatically to select the suitable running method and to make ambient comfortable. About turbo function If start this function, the unit will run at super-high fan speed to cool or heat quickly so thatthe ambient temp. approachs the preset temp. as soon as possible. About Blow over heat (This function is applicable to partial of models) When the unit is running in Heat mode or Auto Heat mode, compressor and indoor fan is running,to turn the unit off, the compressor, outdoor fan will stop running. The upper and lower guide boardrotate to horizontal position, then the indoor fan will run at low fan speed, 10s later, the unit will turn off. About lock Press +and - buttons simultaneously to lock or unlock the keyboard. If the remote controller is locked, the icon ZLOOEHGLVSOD\HGRQLWLQZKLFKFDVHSUHVVDQ\EXWWRQWKHPDUNZLOOÀLFNHUIRUWKUHHWLPHV,IWKHNH\ERDUGLVXQORFNHG the mark will disappear. About swing up and down 1. Press swing up and down button continuously more than 2s,the main unit will swing back and forth from up to down, and then loosen the button, the unit will stop swinging and present position of guide louver will be kept immediately.2. Under swing up and down mode, when the status is switched from off to , if press thisbutton again 2s status will switch to off status directly; if press this button again within 2s,the change of swing status will also later, depend on the circulation sequence stated above. About switch between Fahrenheit and Centigrade Under status of unit off, press MODE and - buttons simultaneously to switch and . DPOUSPM 34 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual About new function of defrosting It indicates: after starting this function by remote controller and the unit has been under defrost status, If turn off the XQLWE\UHPRWHFRQWUROOHUWKHXQLWZLOOQRWVWRSGHIURVWLQJXQWLOLWLV¿QLVKHGLIFKDQJHVHWWLQJPRGHE\UHPRWHFRQWUROOHU WKHIXQFWLRQZKLFKLVVHWODVWWLPHZRQ WEHFDUULHGRXWXQWLOGHIURVWLQJ¿QLVKHG2SHUDWLRQRIWKLVIXQFWLRQRQRURII,I remote controller is under off status, press mode button and blow button simultaneously in order to enter or cancel this new function. If the unit is under defrost mode, dual eight position on remote controller will display H1.If switch to heat PRGHWKHSRVLWLRQZLOOGLVSOD\+ZKLFKÀLFNHUVIRUVLQZKLFKFDVHSUHVVEXWWRQ+ZLOOGLVDSSHDUDQGVHWWLQJ temp. be displayed. After remote controller is powered on, the new defrost function will be defaulted to be closed. 2.2.5 Changing batteries and notices 1) Slightly to press the place with open , along the arrowhead direction to push the back cover of wireless remote FRQWURO$VVKRZLQ¿JXUH 7DNHRXWWKHROGEDWWHULHV$VVKRZLQ¿JXUH ,QVHUWWZRQHZ$$$9GU\EDWWHULHVDQGSD\DWWHQWLRQWRWKHSRODULW\$VVKRZLQ¿JXUH $WWDFKWKHEDFNFRYHURIZLUHOHVVUHPRWHFRQWURO$VVKRZLQ¿JXUH NOTE: When changing the batteries, do not use the old or different batteries, otherwise, it can cause the malfunction of the wireless remote control. If the wireless remote control will not be used for a long time, please take them out, and don't let the leakage liquid damage the wireless remote control. The operation should be in its receiving range. It should be placed at where is 1m away from the TV set or stereo sound sets. If the wireless remote control can not operate normally, please take them out, after 30s later and reinsert, if they cannot normally run, please change them. 35 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3 WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER 3.1 Wired Controller Z60351F,Z60151F,Z63351F,Z63151F 3.1.1 Operation View 16 1 2 15 ROOM TEMP 14 3 4 5 13 12 11 SET TEMP SWING 6 SLEEP MELT 10 7 8 9 Fig.3.1.1.1 Wired Controller Z60351F,Z60151F Various Components of Wired Remote Controller DPOUSPM 36 1 Operating mode display (Cool, Dry, Fan, Heat) 9 On/Off button 2 Sleep mode display 10 Timer button 11 3 Environmental temp. display /Malfunction display Sleep button 4 Fan control display (automatic, high, media, low) 12 Swing display 5 Set Temp. display 13 Fan control button 6 Defrosting display 14 Temp./ Timer decrease button 7 Timer display 15 Temp./ Timer increase button 8 Signal receptor 16 Mode button DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 16 1 2 15 ROOM TEMP 14 3 4 5 13 12 11 SET TEMP SWING 6 SWING MELT 10 7 8 9 Fig3.1.2.2 Wired Controller Z63351F,Z63151F Every part of wired remote controller 1 Operating mode display (Cool, Dry, Fan, Heat) 9 On/Off button 2 Sleep mode display 10 Timer button 3 Environmental temp.display / Malfunction display 11 Swing button 4 Fan control display (automatic, high, media, low) 12 Swing display 5 Set Temp. display 13 Fan control button 6 Defrosting display 14 Temp. / Timer reducing button 7 Timer display 15 Temp. / Timer rising button 8 Signal receptor 16 Mode button 21 3.1.2 Dimension 85 42.5 21.5 85 60 Fig.3.1.2.1 Outline Dimension of Wired Controller Fig.3.1.2.2 Installation Dimension of Wired Controller 37 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.1.3 Installation 1 2 3 4 Fig.3.1.3 SN 1 2 3 4 Name Casing base, installed into the wall Controller Soleplate Screw M4X25 Controller Panel Notice for installation under the guidance of Fig.3.1.3 ķ Cut off power supply before install the electrical components, it is forbidden to carry out the installation with power on; ĸ Get one end of the 4 core communication cable, put it through the rectangular hole on the base board on the wire remote controller; Ĺ +ROGWKHEDVHERDUGRIFRQWUROOHURQWKHZDOOWKHQ¿[LWWRWKHZDOOZLWK0[VFUHZ ĺ 3OXJWKHFRUHFRPPXQLFDWLRQFDEOHLQWRWKHVORWRQWKHZLUHGUHPRWHFRQWUROOHUWKHQ¿[WKHFRQWUROOHUSDQHO with base board together; 3.2 Wired Controller XK02 3.2.1 Operation View AUTO TURBO F SET HOUR Enter/cancel Fan Mode FunctionT imer On/Off Fig.3.2.1.1 DPOUSPM 38 AUTO SHIELD MEMORY MASTER SAVE E-HEATER BLOW CO2 QUIET DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Denotation Name Swing Swing function Sleep Sleep states (3 types: sleep 1,sleep2 and sleep 3) Running mode Cooling Cooling mode Dry mode Fan Fan mode Heating Heating mode Defrost Defrosting state Gate control Lock Lock state TURBO Turbo state Speed Twinkle F Running modes of the indoor unit (Cooling, Dry, Fan and Heating) Dry Gate-control card TURBO Function Temperature Timing High, middle, low or auto fan speed of the indoor unit It blinks under on state of the unit without operation of any button. Ambient/preset temperature value Timing state SHIELD SHIELD Shield state (buttons, temperature, On/Off, Mode or Save is shielded by the remote monitor. MEMORY MEMORY Memory state (The indoor unit resumes the original setting state after power failure and then power recovery) MASTER MASTER Master wired controller SAVE SAVE E-HEATER E-HEATER BLOW BLOW Blow state QUIET QUIET Quiet state(two types: quiet and auto quiet) Energy-saving state Electric auxiliary heating state 39 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1 3 4 Enter/cancel Fan Mode FunctionT imer On/Off 7 8 5 2 6 Fig.3.2.1.2 No. Button(s) 1 Enter/cancel 2 Ÿ 6 ź 1.Running temperature setting of the indoor unit, range : 16~30 2.Timer setting, range:0.5-24hr 3.Switchover between quiet/auto quiet or among sleep1/ sleep2 / sleep 3 3 Fan Setting of the high/middle/low/auto fan speed 4 Mode 5 Function 7 Timer Timer setting 8 On/Off Turn on/off the indoor unit 4 +2 0RGHŸ 3+6 )DQź By pressing them at the same time under off state of the unit, will be displayed on the wired controller for the cooling only unit, while will be displayed on the wired controller for the cooling and heating unit. 2+6 Ÿź Upon startup of the unit without malfunction or under off state of the unit, press them at the same time for 5s to enter the lock state, in which case, any other buttons won’t respond the press. Repress them for 5s to quit this state. 4+5 Mode + Func 1+5 Enter/Cancel + Func 2+5 Ÿ)XQF By pressing them for 5s under off state of the unit at the same time, the control of the master wired controller can be canceled. 4+6 0RGHź When the unit is turned off, press them for 5 seconds simultaneously, display panel will switch between and . )XQFWLRQź In any conditions, press them for 5 seconds to review status. Under reviewing status, Mode changes to “00” in temp display area and press ³Ÿ´³ź´WRDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\7LPHUGLVSOD\DUHDZLOOVKRZWKHVQRIHUURU DQGHUURUFRGH7KH¿QDOHUURUVKRZQLVWKHWKHUURU 5+6 DPOUSPM 40 Function(s) 1. Function selection and cancellation; 2. Press it for 5s to examine the outdoor ambient temperature. Setting of the Cooling/Heating/Fan/Dry mode of the indoor unit Switchover among the functions of Swing/Sleep/Turbo/Master/Save/E-heater/Blow /Quiet etc. Press them for 5s under off state of the unit to enter/cancel the Memory function (If memory is set, indoor unit after power failure and then power recovery will resume the original setting state. If not, the indoor unit is defaulted to be off after power recovery. Memory off is default before delivery.) 1.By pressing them under off state of the unit at the same time, the address of the wired controller will be displayed at once; 2. By pressing them for 5s under off state of the unit at the same time, the address setting is available. By pressing them simultaneously, the address of the master wired controller will be displayed. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 24 3.2.2 Dimension 92 92 60 46 11 24 35 Fig.3.2.2 3.2.3 Installation of Wired Controller 1 2 3 4 5 Fig.3.2.3 No. 1 2 3 4 5 Name Socket housing installed in wall Base plate of controller Screw M4X25 Control Panel Screw ST2.2X6.5 Notice for installation under the guidance of Fig.3.2.3 Ļ Cut off power supply before install the electrical components, it is forbidden to carry out the installation with power on; ļ Get one end of the 4 core communication cable, put it through the rectangular hole on the base board on the wire remote controller; Ľ +ROGWKHEDVHERDUGRIFRQWUROOHURQWKHZDOOWKHQ¿[LWWRWKHZDOOZLWK0[VFUHZ ľ 3OXJWKHFRUHFRPPXQLFDWLRQFDEOHLQWRWKHVORWRQWKHZLUHGUHPRWHFRQWUROOHUWKHQ¿[WKHFRQWUROOHUSDQHO with base board together; 41 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4 REGIONAL CONTROLLER 4.1 Function Region monitoring control and region wired control are the two main control functions for region controller. Region monitoring controller can monitor or control 16 indoor units of a group for inquiry and single or centralized control. Region wired controller can replace 1-16 selected wired controllers to uniformly set or control the indoor units. Refer to Fig.5.1.1, Fig.5.1.2 about the Sketch map to the relation among the region controller, region monitoring controller and region wired controller. 00 Function mode Initial state Project Debugging Setting Region Controller 01 Function mode Region monitoring controller 02 Function mode Region wired controller Fig.4.1.1 Before using, the controller functions must be selected by the personnel who performance the installation with the requirements of users. Please refer to Project Debugging Setting section for the details. Note: If the controller is set to be region wired controller, the wired controller of the selected indoor unit must be removed. The region controller can be matched with long-distance monitor. As a region monitoring controller, its control is subject to that of the long-distance monitor. In the same group, one of the region controllers can be used as region monitoring controller and matches one or more region wired controller which replace(s) one or more wired controller, in which case, the region monitoring controller can also monitor or control the region wired controller. Region Controller Project Debugging Setting 00 Function mode Initial state Features: 1) 00 function mode is factory initial state. 2) Before using, 01 or 02 function mode must be selected. 01 Function mode Region monitoring controller Features: 1) Both single control and central control to 1-16 indoor units in a region are available. 2) The wired controller buttons of 16 indoor units in a region can be shielded or locked. 3) It can time 16 indoor units in a region. 4) It has the function of power-off memory. NOTE: Wired controller must be reserved with which indoor unit has matched. 02 Function mode Region wired controller Features: 1) It can replace wired controller to control selected indoor units in a region. 2) It can uniformly time the selected indoor units. 3) It has the function of power-off memory. NOTE: Wired controller matched with indoor unit must be removed and indoor unit must be reenergized after debugging. Fig.4.1.2 Sketch map to the relation among the region controller, region monitoring controller and region wired controller DPOUSPM 42 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4.2 Operation View SINGLE 1 INQUIRY CENTER 9 FAN SPEED 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 FUNC 1 MODE 2 3 ERROR ROOM TEMP SHEILD FORCE AUTO 4 MELT SET LOCK FAN SWING 5 TIMER 6 ON/OFF 7 TIMER SWING HR ON OFF Fig.4.2 Instruction to functions of buttons (Table 4.2) No. Name 1 FUNC (FUNCTION) 2 MODE Function A. Switch the control mode of inquiry/single/ central control. B. In central control status, give the central order by successively pressing FUNC button. Set cooling/heating/fan/dry mode for indoor unit A. Inquiry status: cycle, increase or decrease No. of indoor units to easily inquire the status of each indoor unit. B. Single/Central control status: set running temp. of indoor unit, maximum is 30 and minimum is 16 C. Timer setting status: increase or decrease the timer on/off time, maximum is 24hr and minimum is 0. 3 Ÿ 4 ź 5 FAN 6 TIMER A. Under single/central control mode, set on /off timer of selected indoor unit B. Under inquiry status, inquire the timer setting of the indoor unit with current address. 7 ON/OFF Set ON/OFF of the indoor unit. 2MODE and 7 ON/OFF Lock Under single/central control, press MODE and ON/OFF buttons simultaneously to start/ stop the lock of operation to buttons of wired controller for selected indoor units. 2MODE and 6 TIMER Shield mode Under single/central control, press MODE and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop the shield of operation to MODE button of wired controller for selected indoor unit. źDQG 6 TIMER Shielding Temp. 7 ON/OFF and 6 TIMER Shielding ON/OFF 2 MODE DQGŸ Memory mode źDQG 7 ON/OFF Selection of function . A. Set the indoor fan speed of hi/mid/low/auto. B. Successively press FAN button to set on/off swing. 8QGHUVLQJOHFHQWUDOFRQWUROSUHVVźDQG7,0(5VLPXOWDQHRXVO\WRVWDUWVWRSWKH shield of operation to Temp button of wired controller for selected indoor unit. Under single/central control, press ON/OFF and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop the shield of operation to ON/OFF button of wired controller for selected indoor unit. Refer to power-off memory function about the details. A. Check the control mode of region monitoring controller / region wired controller B. Set the control mode of region monitoring controller / region wired controller Note: ķ The characters with gray back ground indicate buttons. Following part is the same to it. time of single press of the button is more than 3s, which means successively-press. Ĺ There isn‘t the function that the region wired controller shields other indoor wired controller. ĸ The 43 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4.3 Display View SINGLE 1 INQUIRY CENTER 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 FUNC MODE 3 FAN SPEED 4 ERROR ROOM TEMP SHEILD FORCE AUTO 5 6 MELT SET LOCK FAN SWING TIMER 7 8 9 SWING HR 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 ON OFF TIMER ON/OFF 19 20 Fig.4.3 No. 1 Control mode 2 Running mode Each indoor unit running mode is displayed. 3 Error 4 - 5 Fan speed display “ERROR” is displayed during any malfunction to indoor or outdoor unit in a group. “-” is displayed when there is no malfunction to selected indoor unit and the ambient temp. is below zero. Hi, mid, low or auto speed of indoor fan is displayed. “SET” blinks when the unit is on and commanded. “SET” is displayed when the unit is on without command. 6 Set 7 Swing Swing running of indoor unit is displayed. 8 Timer “TIMER ON/OFF” is displayed when setting timer or inquiring timer state. 9 Setting temp. and timer time During timer inquiry, integer of setting time of timer is displayed. During timer setting, integer of setting time of timer is displayed. Set temp. value is displayed when the unit is not during timer inquiry or setting. 10 No. of indoor unit Under inquiry state, No. of online indoor units are displayed and No. of selected indoor unit will blink. Under single control state, only No. of selected indoor unit is displayed. Under centralized state, No. of all online indoor units are displayed. 11 Room temp. “ROOMTEMP” is displayed for no malfunction, but isn’t for malfunction. 12 Shield Centralized controller A. Under inquiry state,” SHIELD” will be displayed when selected indoor unit is shielded. B. Under control state,” SHIELD” will be displayed during setting or giving the shield order. Region wired controller:” SHIELD” will be displayed when selected units are shielded during long-distance monitoring. 13 Force “FORCE” is displayed when indoor unit is forced to run. (room temp.) “ ” is displayed when there is no malfunction. Room temp. value is displayed during no malfunction to selected indoor or outdoor unit. Error code is displayed during malfunction to selected indoor or outdoor unit. 15 Room temp. or error code 16 Melt “Melt” is displayed during defrosting. Lock Region monitoring controller A: Inquiry state: “LOCK” is displayed when selected indoor unit is locked. B: Control state: “LOCK” is displayed during setting or giving the lock order. Region wired controller: “LOCK” is displayed when selected unit is locked in long-distance monitoring. 17 44 Instruction to display Inquiry state, “INQUIRY” is displayed. Single control state,”SINGLE” is displayed. Centralized control state, “CENTER” is displayed. 14 DPOUSPM Display name DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 18 (set temp.) 19 HR (hour) 20 .5 Set temp. value is displayed when the selected indoor unit is on and not in timer inquiry or setting status. “HR” is displayed during timer inquiry or setting. “.5” is displayed when the timer time value includes 0.5 hr and the unit is during timer inquiry or setting. Note: ķ Contents in the double quotation marks indicate the display in LCD. Following part is the same to it. indoor units to Mini Centralized Controller indicate that in a region. Following part is the same to it. Ĺ No signal control function for region wired controller, and “SINGLE” won’t be displayed either. ĸ Online 4.4 Connection Between Controller and Unit Insert the 4-core twisted pair line to wired controller, if which is with the indoor unit, into region controller wiring terminal CN1 (or CN2), and then connect the other wiring terminal CN2 (or CN1) with the main board of indoor unit. If there is no wired controller with indoor unit, introduce a 4-core twisted pair line to indoor unit main board and connect it with region controller wiring terminal CN1 (or CN2). Note: Any main board of the indoor unit controlled by the region controller can be connected. If the region controller is used as a region wired controller, wired controller with the indoor unit must be removed. Region Controller 4-core twisted pair line CN1 1 1 4-core twisted pair line CN2 1 Optional connection 1 Main board of Indoor unit 4-core communication line terminal. Wired controller or region controller 4-core communication line terminal. Fig.5.4 Power cords and communication lines for region controller Before installation and connection, make sure the power supply is off. After installation and connection, check the connection result again to prevent loose or short. There are 4 connection lines (included in the 4-core twisted pair line) to the controller, from CN1 or the upper and right CN2 to the upper they respectively are: Ground line (GND), communication line A (A), communication line B(B) and power cord (+12 v). Note: During following connection of wirings, pay special attention to them to avoid malfunction to units for electromagnetic interference. ĺ Keep the signal lines or wirings (communication) of region controller or wired controller at least 20 cm from the power cords or connecting lines between indoors and outdoors to prevent abnormal communication. Ļ Shielding twisted pair line must be adopted as signal line or wiring (communication) once the unit is installed in the place where there is serious electromagnetic interference. 45 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5 SMART ZONE CONTROLLER 5.1 Function Simple centralized controller can connect to indoor units of 3 sets of VRF outdoor units. It can directly connect to 16 indoor units in a same network without adding communication module. It can search status of a indoor unit and display it by LCD. Controlled items are mode, timer, fan speed, temperature of a single unit, centralized setting and shield, etc. 5.2 Operation View Fig.5.2 No. Name 1 Mode 2 Fan 3 On/Off 4 Ÿ 5 ź Mon 1/9 Tue 2/10 Wed 3/11 Thu 4/12 Fri 5/13 Sat 6/14 Sun 7/15 13 8/16 It is used for the switchover between unit 8 and unit 16 14 Timer/Time 15 Central 7 8 9 10 11 12 46 It is used to set the fan speed, high, medium, low or auto. It is used to set the on/off status of the indoor unit. 1. Under the single/centralized control status:It is used to set the running temperature of the indoor unit with max.30 anmin.16 . 2. Under the timing setting status:It is used to set the timing period with max.24 hours and min.0 hour. 3. Under the clock setting status: it is used to set the hour (max.:23,min.:0) and minute (max.:59, min.: 0) of the clock. It is used for the switchover between unit 1 and unit 9; Under the timing or clock setting status, it indicates Monday. It is used for the switchover between unit 2 and unit 10; Under the timing or clock setting status, it indicates Tuesday. It is used for the switchover between unit 3 and unit 11 Under the timing or clock setting status, it indicates Wednesday. It is used for the switchover between unit 4and unit 12 Under the timing or clock setting status, it indicates Thursday. It is used for the switchover between unit 5and unit 13 Under the timing or clock setting status, it indicates Friday. It is used for the switchover between unit 6 and unit 14; Under the timing or clock setting status, it indicates Saturday. It is used for the switchover between unit 7 and unit 15 Under the timing or clock setting status, it indicates Sunday. 6 DPOUSPM Function Description It is used for the switchover among different modes 16 Shield 17 All on/off It is used to set the timing or on/off time of the selected indoor unit as well as to set the clock of the system. It is used for the switchover between single and centralized control modes. It is used to deactivate some or all functions of a single or a group the indoor unit(s). It is used to start/stop all indoor units. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.3 Display View 1 10 2 9 8 7 3 6 5 4 Fig.5.3 No. Name Description 1 Fan speed 2 Running mode It displays the running mode of the indoor unit, auto, cool, dry, fan and heat. 3 System clock It displays the current time (hour and minute) in 24-hour time system and also the week day. 4 Shield 5 Weekly timer 6 Set temperature Indoor unit code 7 Control mode 8 Ambient temperature Serial port It displays the ambient temperature, serial port as well as symbols of Celsius and Fahrenheit scale. 9 Indoor unit code On/off status Numbers indicate the indoor unit codes which will be displayed when the corresponding indoor unit is online; “ ´LQGLFDWHVWKHRQRIIVWDWXVRIWKHLQGRRUXQLWLWVÀDVKLQJIRU³RQ´RUHOVHIRU³RII´ 10 Error Child lock It displays the fan speed of the indoor unit, high, medium, low and auto. It displays the shield status, “ALL’, “TEMP”, “MODE” and ‘On/Off”. It displays the timing period (unit: 0.5 hour) which will circulate every week. It displays the set temperature, indoor unit code (01-16), and symbols of Celsius and Fahrenheit scale. It displays “CENTER” under the centralized control mode and no display under the single control mode. It displays the error codes when some error(s) arises and also “CHILD LOCK” when this function is activated. 47 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.4 Network Topological Diagram 5.4.1 Network of Simple Centralized Controller: Max.16 Max.16 VRF System Max.16 VRF System VRF System Port 1 (VRF) Port 2 (VRF) Port 3 (VRF)˅ Smart Zone Controller ̡Max.16 Indoor Units̢ Fig. 5.4.1 Note: Simple centralized controller can connect to maximum 3 sets of VRF outdoor units but the indoor unit which it connects can’t exceed 16 sets. 5.4.2 Relationship of simple centralized controller, remote monitoring and centralized controller: PC & Long-Distance Monitoring System Central Conrolloer or Max.16 Communication Module Max.16 Communication Module Max.16 VRF System VRF System Communication Module Max.16 VRF System Port 1 (VRF) Port 2 (VRF) Port 3 (VRF) Smart Zone Controller ㄍMax.16 Indoor Units̢ Fig. 5.4.2 Note: simple centralized controller can compatible to centralized controller/remote monitoring. But centralized controller/remote monitoring has the priority. DPOUSPM 48 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.5 Installation and Debugging 5.5.1 Installation 38 62 5.5.1.1 Installation Dimension Diagram 75 120 18 20 60 120 5 5 ̛ ̛ 25 15 61 Fig.5.5.1 Installation Dimensions Diagram AC-L 5.5.1.2 Interfaces See Fig.5.5.2 for the interfaces of the display board and see Fig.5.5.3 for the interfaces of the power supply module. CN1 AC-N GND +9.8V CN1 CN5 CN4 CN3 COM1 COM2 CN2 COM3 Fig.5.5.2 Interfaces of the Display Board 9.8V GND CN4 COM4 Fig.5.5.3 Interfaces of the Power Supply Module Board 49 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual a.Interface of the Power Supply The interface CN1 of the power supply module board is for the connection board of the external power cord, the terminal AC-N for the neutral line, the terminal AC-L for the live line and the middle terminal keeps open. The interface CN4 of the power supply module board which is for the power supply of the display board, is connected with the interface CN1 of the display board through the two-core wire provided by Gree. b.Communication Interface The interfaces CN2, CN3, CN4 and CN5 of the display board are for communication, and CN2 namely COM4 is for the communication o the duct type unit (2-pin); CN5, CN4, CN3 namely COM1, COM2, COM3 respectively are for the communication of the multi VRF system (3-pin). 5.5.1.3 Preparation and Connection of the Communication Line a. The communication line between the centralized controller and the unit should be prepared by the user according to the actual project. b. Preparation and connection of the communication line for the multi VRF system ķ One three-core communication line is needed to connect one set of multi VRF system to one interface (COM1, COM2 or COM3) of the smart zone controller. ĸ One end of the communication line is connected with the smart zone controller and the other is connected with the three-pin socket of the indoor unit. c. Preparation and connection of the communication line for the duct type unit ķ The communication line for the duct type unit is the two-core line provided by Gree (one end is the two-core head and the other end is the crystal head, code: 40113325) ĸ Where there are N sets of duct type units, then N+1 communication lines are needed. Ĺ Connect the two-core head of one communication line to the port COM4 of the smart zone controller and connect the two-core heads of N communication lines to the two-pin socket of the wired controller of the duct type unit. ĺ The user can prepare the extension line and connect the wires inside the crystal head according to the actual need. Note: one set of Multi VRF system consists of one multi VRF outdoor unit and one or more than one multi VRF indoor units. And one set of duct type unit consists of one duct type outdoor unit and one duct type indoor unit. 5.5.1.4 Installation The installation can proceed on when the installation location is selected and the installation steps are as follows: a. Firstly make sure where to install the smart zone controller. b. Embed the power supply box (2) as Fig.5.5.6 for the installation of the bottom case (3). c. Connect the power cord and the communication line of the display board and then let both go through the power supply box (2). d. Fix the bottom case on the power box (2) by screws. e. Tidy up the power cord and the communication line inside the smart zone controller. f. Close the cover (5) Fig.5.5.4 Concealed Cable Installation 1 (right-left wiring) DPOUSPM 50 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Fig.5.5.5 Concealed Cable Installation 2 (up-down wiring) Fig. 5.5.6 Installation Diagram 51 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Serial No. Description 1 Wall 2 Power Supply Box (86) 3 Bottom Base(including power supply module board) 4 Screw 5 Top Cover(including the display board) After the installation, it is necessary to make the debugging to guarantee the normal communication. 5.5.2 Debugging and Viewing the Port No. and the Indoor Unit Address Debugging setting: In the event that the unit is initially powered on, the setting for the project changes, or the serial port is replaced, and then it is available to go to the debugging status by pressing “Mode” and “Thu” simultaneously IRU¿YHVHFRQGVXQGHUZKLFKSDJHLWLVHQDEOHGWRFKHFNDXWRPDWLFDOO\DQGGLVWULEXWHWKHDGGUHVVRIWKHLQGRRUXQLW PLQXWHVODWHUWKHGHEXJJLQJLV¿QLVKHGDQGWKHLQGRRUXQLWZKLFKJDLQVWKHDGGUHVVLVXQGHUFRQWURODQGWKHXQDGGUHVVHG indoor unit is not. Viewing the serial port and the indoor unit address: It is available to go to the debugging page by pressing “Mode” and “Thu” simultaneously for five seconds, under which page it is enabled to view the serial port and address of the corresponding indoor unit 7KHSUHVVRQ³&RQ¿UP&DQFHO´FDQFRQ¿UPWKLVGHEXJJLQJVHWWLQJDQGJRWRWKHYLHZLQJVWDWHRIWKHFXUUHQWLQGRRU unit; otherwise this setting will not be saved. See Fig.5.5.7 for the debugging operation. Fig.5.5.7 shows the indoor unit 1 and indoor unit 2, both of which are connected with the port COM2. The address of one is 01 and the other is 04. Press “Mode” and “Thu” simultaneously for five seconds to go to the debugging page. Press the code button of the indoor unit to inquire about its corresp onding serial port and address. Press “Confirm/Cancel” to make a confirmation. Fig.5.5.7 Debugging 5.5.3 Labeling A label is provided to identify the relationship of the indoor unit No. and the corresponding room name. The user can write down the indoor unit No. and its corresponding room name on the label which then will be stuck to the inside of the cover of the smart zone controller so that the user can be clear about the control object. For instance, when the user has installed the air conditioners in the child room, bedroom and living room, after the debugging it is available to view the indoor unit No. of each room and get clear about their corresponding relationship. Room Name Child Room Bedroom Living Room Indoor Unit Address Port 1,Indoor Unit 04 Port 1, Indoor Unit 05 Port 1,Indoor Unit 06 Indoor Unit No. 1 2 3 After get clear about the relationship of the indoor unit no. and the room, the user can write “Child Room”, “Bedroom”, “Living Room” on the place “1”, “2” and “3” respectively on the label and then stick the label to the inner side of the smart zone controller. See 5.5.8 for the label. DPOUSPM 52 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Fig.5.5.8 Label of the Smart Zone Controller 5.6 Attachment Error code list: Errors code list of Multi VRF Indoor Units Code Description E1 High pressure protection of the compressor E2 Anti-freezing protection of the indoor unit E3 Low pressure protection of the compressor E4 Discharge temperature protection of the compressor E5 Over-current protection, overload protection of compressor, drive error E6 Communication error E7 0RGHFRQÀLFW E9 :DWHURYHUÀRZSURWHFWLRQ EH E-heater protection F0 Ambient temperature sensor error of the indoor unit F1 Error of coil pipe inlet sensor of the indoor unit F2 Error of coil pipe intermediate sensor of the indoor unit F3 Error of coil pipe outlet sensor of the indoor unit F4 Ambient temperature sensor error of the outdoor unit F5 Error of coil pipe inlet sensor of the outdoor unit F6 Error of coil pipe intermediate sensor of the outdoor unit F7 Error of coil pipe outlet sensor of the outdoor unit F8 (UURURIGLVFKDUJHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU¿[HG F9 Error of discharge temperature sensor 2 (digital) FA (UURURIRLOWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU¿[HG Fb Error of oil temperature sensor 2 (digital) Fc High pressure sensor error Fd Low pressure sensor error 53 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER 6.1 Central Control ZJ7011 6.1.1 Function Main characteristics of Centralized Controller: A set of Centralized Controller can control 64 communication modules and can connect to as much as 1024 indoor XQLWV,WFDQFRQGXFWLQGLYLGXDOFRQWUROZLWKDQ\VHSDUDWHGDUHDRUXQL¿HGFRQWURO,WFDQPRQLWRURUFRQWURO2Q2II0RGH Temperature setting and Timer On/Off of indoor unit etc. It can realize the central, single or select control to all indoor units. ,WFDQRUJDQL]HVHYHUDOLQGRRUXQLWVLQWRJURXSVDV\RXGHVLUHGDQGFRQGXFWXQL¿HGFRQWURO²*URXSVHOHFWFRQWURO Error contents are shown by codes. Corresponding communication module numbers of the indoor units with error contents would blink for rapid inspection and repair (There is sound warning for a few errors). Timer function. Every indoor unit can set Timer On/Off time by central, single or select control. Both Timer On time and Timer Off time can be set at the same time, and it is available to set the timer to which day among the 7 days from Sunday to Saturday works. Clock function displays in year, month, day, hour, minute and week, and the clock can be manually adjusted. Indoor and outdoor units online auto detect, display and working state indication. Self-inspection function is remained. Centralized Controller and several communication modules formed communication net, the length of communication wire of the net can be as long as 1km (without using communication repeaters). Note: this centralized controller shall be used with communication module ZJ301-W. 6.1.2 Operation View ERROR INDOOR DO MAIN CTRL MODE CENTER SINGLE SELECT 17 16 15 14 SYS SET 54 ALL ON ALL OFF ADDRESS INITIALIZE ROOM TEMP. SET TEMP. c c SWING SLEEP MELT Mon. Tue. Wed. Sun. Thu. Fri. Sat. Year ERR CODE CHECK TEST MONITORING TIMER ON OFF DETECTING MonD CONTROL MODE SELECT CONFIRM CANCEL CONTROL ON INDOOR/ DOMAIN SYSTEM /TEST TIME GROUPM OFF ODE 13 12 11 10 7 6 9 8 Fig.6.1.2 DPOUSPM 2 AUTO COOL DRY FAN HEAT AUTO LOW MID HIGH INDOOR UNIT PAGE 1 ate Hour Min SPEED SWINGT IMER 5 4 3 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1 ALL ON This central control has Sequence On function, that enable conduction to sequence control to communication modular in interval of 2 seconds, communication modular controls Sequence On of indoor units (to lower impact to power network). 2 ALL OFF This central control has Sequence Off function, that enable conduction of sequence control to communication modular in interval of 2 seconds, communication module controls Sequence Off of indoor units (to lower impact to power network). 3 TIMER Set and check the time of Timer On and Timer Off of indoor unit and date mode. 4 SWING Set if indoor unit swings 5 SPEED Set fan speeds of High, Medium, Low or Auto for indoor unit 6 MODE Set modes of Cool, Dry, Fan or Heat for indoor unit 7 ON/OFF (2) 8 LEFT/RIGHT UP/DOWN 9 CONTROL 10 GROUP 11 TIME 12 SYSTEM/TEST 13 INDOOR/DOMAIN 14 SELECT 15 CONTROL MODE For controlling units’ on and off. It works as direction and adjusting under every operation function. Such as: When checking, it can move to the required indoor unit or communication modular by using this button; when adjusting time, press LEFT (/RIGHT) to shift “Y/M/D” etc. and press UP (/DOWN) to adjust value Under control mode, press this button after setting state of indoor unit, control to indoor unit would be conducted by corresponding control mode. Press button under checking state to begin information check and set of grouped indoor unit, grouped information is for select control. Set system time Begin setting of central control run mode, it is not recommended to be used by users. Shift display domain and indoor wired air condition control. DOMAIN corresponding to display on line communication modular, INDOOR corresponding to display on line indoor control. Select required control or setting object; repress the button to the object is to cancel. Begin control setting mode, and Central Control, Select Control and Single Control can be selected. Central Control: Control all indoor units under domain by present set state. Single Control: Control present indoor unit by present set state. Select Control: Control selected indoor unit by present set state, it also called grouped control 16 CONFIRM &RQ¿UPWKHRSHUDWHGRSHUDWLRQLVHIIHFWLYH 17 CANCEL Press this button during process of setting function to exit the already made function setting operation. Such as, if central control mode were selected, press CANCEL at this time would back to control mode selecting state. 55 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.1.3 Display View 1 2 3 4 AUTO COOL DRY FAN HEAT AUTO LOW MID HIGH INDOOR UNIT ERROR PAGE INDOOR DO MAIN 16 SYS CTRL MODE CENTER SINGLE SELECT SET 15 5 ADDRESS INITIALIZE 14 ROOM TEMP. SET TEMP. c c SWING SLEEP MELT Mon. Tue. Wed. Sun. Thu. Fri. Sat. 13 12 ERR CODE CHECK TEST MONITORING TIMER ON OFF DETECTING Year MonD 11 ate 10 Hour 6 7 8 Min 9 Fig.6.1.3 1 Pagination/displays present domain 2 Present unit no. 3 Error 4 Operation mode 5 Speed display 6 Check 7 Error code 8 Operation monitoring and controlling /monitoring Under select control mode, group no. that is present controlling is displayed; Under addresses setting state, present Soft Add is displayed. Displays the soft address of communication module that the present checking or controlling indoor unit is belonged as well as the address of indoor unit; Format: Soft add—Indoor unit add Displays when there is error at any indoor or outdoor unit. Displays every operation state mode of indoor unit Displays High, Medium, Low and Auto speed of indoor unit Under group control mode, it is displayed when checking grouping information; Under address setting mode, it is displayed when checking hard address. Displays when abnormal occur on operation state of present indoor unit. When central control works in normal, operation monitoring displays; when control signal is transmitted, operation monitoring and controlling is displayed. 9 System time Displays present time, format is Y, M, D, H, M and week. 10 Timer setting Timer On/Off on when Timer On/Off is set to present indoor unit 11 Pre-set temperature Displays value of pre-set temperature 12 Swing and Defrost Displays operation of swing at indoor unit and defrost at outdoor unit 13 Ambient temperature 14 System setting Setting operation mode of central control. It should be completed by installation personnel, but not for users. 15 Control mode Displays 3 control modes of Central, Single and Select controls 16 Displays of soft address Displays value of ambient temperature of present indoor unit When Indoor on, addresses of present online indoor unit is displayed; When domain on, soft address of present online communication module is displayed; 6SHFL¿FORFDWLRQRIFRQWUROOHGLQGRRUXQLWFDQRQO\EHDVFHUWDLQHG :KHQVRIWDGGUHVV¿WV3URMHFW,QVWDOODWLRQ/LVW Instruction to display interface: System Setting: Including Address Setting and other functions, and it is set when installation personnel are adjusting units. It is not recommended that users operate it. The usage of this function requires password. $GGUHVV6HWWLQJ6LQFHFKDUDFWHUVIURPWRDUH¿[HGDVWKHDGGUHVVHVRIFRQWUROOLQJFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRGXOHV displayed by central control (hereinafter called soft addresses), and the addresses of communication modules themselves (hereinafter called hard addresses) are value from 0~254, thus there is address matching problem between central control and controlled communication module. In order to solve this problem, address mapping setting is required to be conducted before project adjusting! DPOUSPM 56 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.2 Centralized Controller CE51-24/E(M) 6.2.1 Function Used in multi-VRF system, a set of centralized controller can connect with 64 communication modules to control 1024 sets of indoor units. Through it, indoor unit’s ON/OFF, operation mode, set temperature, fan speed, swing state etc. can be queried and controlled. This device can realize single/group/center control and conveniently manage the air conditioners through weekly timer and long-distance shield setting. Single control is to control a single unit; Group control is to control a preset group of indoor units; Center control is to control all indoor units; Single/group/center shield is to shield the operation parameters of indoor units from long distance; Single/group/center weekly timer is to set TIMER ON/OFF of the air conditioner from long distance; Clock setting is to set week, hour and minute and let them show; The centralized controller can automatically detect the online “region” and indoor unit and display present indoor unit’s operation mode, set temperature, fan speed, swing, weekly timer, shield, etc.For the purpose of quick inspection, upon malfunction of any indoor unit, its corresponding error code and region no. will be displayed and blink. The centralized controller integrating multiple communication modules makes up a communication network. Without repeaters, the communication wires’ distance can be up to 1km. Note: this centralized controller shall be used with communication module ME30-00/E2 or ME30-24/E2(M). 6.2.2 Operation View 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 ALL ON ALL OFF 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Fig.6.2.2 57 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual No. Description 1 ALL ON Start up all indoor units 2 ALL OFF Stop all indoor units 3 BACK Back to the previous menu of current display. 4 GROUP Press this button in query state to query and set group information 5 TIME SET 6 CENTER CONTROL Uniformly control the operation parameters of all indoor units 7 GROUP CONTROL Uniformly control the operation parameters of one group of indoor units 8 ENTER 9 10 DPOUSPM 58 CANCEL UP/DOWN LEFT/RIGHT Function Set system clock 3UHVVWKLVEXWWRQGXULQJIXQFWLRQVHWWLQJWRFRQ¿UPWKHVHWWLQJ Press this button during function setting to cancel the setting. For example, press CANCEL button when CENTER CONTROL has been set, the state will go back to slection of control method. For direction indication. For example, press these buttons in query state to select the indoor unit or communication modules to be queried. 11 SWING Set swing or not 12 SPEED Set high,medium,low or auto fan speed 13 Ÿ,QFUHDVH Increase set temperature 14 ź'HFUHDVH Decrease set temperation 15 MODE 16 ON/OFF 17 CENTER TIMER 18 TIMER 19 CENTER SHILED 20 SHIELD Set COOL,DRY,FAN or HEAT mode Set unit on or off Centrally set or query timer Set or query timer Centrally shield functions of all indoor units Shield functions of a single or a group of indoor unit/s DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.2.3 Display View 10 1 11 2 3 12 4 13 5 14 6 7 15 8 9 Fig.6.2.3 No. Description Instruction to Displaying Contents 1 CENTER/GROUP “GROUP” displayed during group control operation or grouping indoor units “CENTER” displayed during center control ,center shield or center timer operation. 2 REGION NO. Online or selected region No. displayed(Note 1) 3 INDOOR UNIT NO. Online or sleected indoor unit no. displayed 4 System’s time display Display present time by week, hour and minutes 5 ROOM TEMP Room temperature of present indoor unit 6 SET TEMP Set temperature display 7 SHIELD All/terperature/mode/on/off shield from long distane 8 Timer setting display Weekly timer display 9 PROCESSING Displayed during sending out control command 10 GROUP NO. Group No. display 11 INDOOR UNIT Display region No.and unit no. of present indoor unit 12 ERROR Error display upon malfunction of any unit 13 Opearation mode Operation mode display of indoor unit 14 Fan speed display High, medium, low or auto fan speed display 15 SWING Swing operation mode display of indoor unit 59 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.2.4 Installation After selection of installation location, perform the installation as follow: &RQ¿UPLQVWDOODWLRQKROHVLWH To be installed in the wall (1) Dirll a hole of of 180mm×106mm×72mm (L×W×D) 110 72 180 Wall Fig.6.2.4.1 (2) Make 4 pieces of wooden or plastic chucks 64 Wooden chucks or plastic chucks 21 19 138 Wall Fig.6.2.4.2 To be installed in the control cabinet: 0DNHKROHVLQVLGHWKHZDOORIFRQWUROFDELQHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJGLPHQVLRQLQWKH¿JXUH ̛ 64 138 Fig.6.2.4.3 DPOUSPM 60 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2) Install the electric box cover on the wall or in the control cabinet. 64 GND 138 Wire hole Wire hole Fig.6.2.4.4 3) Connection of power cord and communication wire Make the communication wire through the wire hole of the electric box cover and insert it into the communication port. Make the Power cord through the other wire hole on the electric box cover should be connected with the wiring WHUPLQDORQWKHPDLQERDUGRIFRQWUROOHUDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ/FRQQHFWVZLWKOLYHZLUH1FRQQHFWVZLWKQHXWUDO wire and ground wire connects to the corresponding position marked on the electric box. Wire hole can be freely set according to actual condition. Power cord width connected with wiring terminals shall be in the range of 1.5~2.2mm. Rated voltage of wiring terminal is 220~240 VAC. Power frequency is 50/60HZ. Communication joint Power wiring terminal LNNC CN7 CN1 Fig.6.2.4.5 61 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 'LYLGHWKHFHQWUDOL]HGFRQWUROOHULQWRWZRSDUWVIURPWKHEXFNOHDVVKRZQLQWKHIROOLZQJ¿JXUHXSSHUFDELQHW and lower cabinet Lower cabinet Upper cabinet Buckle Fig.6.2.4.6 &RQQHFWWKHHOHFWULFER[FRYHUDQGORZHUFDELQHWZLWKVFUHZVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJ¿JXUH Screw hole Fig.6.2.4.7 6) Re-assemble the upper cabinet and debugging can begin after this. 6.1.4 Connection Between Controller and Unit Communication network The following is a brief sketch of communication net of multi variable units: DPOUSPM 62 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.2.5 Connection between centralized controller and communication module &RQQHFWLRQRIWKHPLVVKRZQLQ¿JXUH Air conditioner Module 1 Power supply Communication wire Air conditioner Module 2 Power supply Communication wire Connect to next module Air conditioner Multi-VRF Centralized Controller Module 64 Power supply Communication wire Fig.6.2.5.1 Skecth map of connection between centralized controller and communication module Note: ķ Communication module’s address can be set from 1 to 64. In order to avoid communication malfunction, addresses can not be the same. ĸ The communication wire of communication modules or centralized controller shall be equipped according to the distance in the project. Ĺ Gree provides a piece of 2-core communication wire of 1m (the user shall extend the wire according to actual condition). ĺ The centralized controller and the communication module are connected together through a communication line with a crystal connector at both ends. Close to the controller, a magnetic ring is needed on the communication line and is approximately 10cm away from the crystal connector after wrapped two circles by the communication line. During the installation, the magnetic ring should be put inside the electric control box after the crystal connector is FRQQHFWHGZLWKWKHVPDUW]RQHFRQWUROOHU6HHWKHIROORZLQJ¿JXUHIRUWKHFRQQHFWLRQPDQQHUDQGORFDWLRQ 63 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Fig.6.2.5.2 Connection Manner of Crystal Connector, Communication Line and Magnetic Ring Fig.6.2.5.3 Connection Location of Crystal Connector, Communication Line and Magnetic Ring After completion of installing centralized controller and matched communication modules, the technician shall set address and perform debugging of the communication modules to ensure normal communication. 6.2.6 Debugging In order to ensure normal operation of the centralized controller, the address of communication module shall be set after installation work. (Refer to Communcation Module Instruction for details.) Fill in the Installation Table (refer to table 3) 6.2.6.1 Address setting of communication module Set the address of communication module by the DIP switch. (Before operating DIP switch, cut off the power supply of communication module.) The DIP switch for communication module: Fig.6.2.6.1 DIP switch 1) DIP2 setting Dial all the rods to ON (means 0), as shown in Fig.6.2.6.2 ON 1 23 DIP2 Fig.6.2.6.2 DIP2 setting DPOUSPM 64 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2) DIP1 setting The 8-bit DIP switch in the communication module is for Modbus equipment address setting. It is integrated by SA2 and SA3 on PCB, but marked by DIP1. Dialing to ON means 0, and dialing to number end means 1. The address setting range is 1-64 (communication module address). Fig. 6.2.6.3 DIP1 setting (1) Graphic example for setting of address 11 Fig. 6.2.6.4 Address 11 (2) Graphic example for setting of address 43 1 Fig. 6.2.6.5 Address 43 6.2.6.2 Debugging After address setting of communication module, check if the setting is correct through the region no. on the centralized controller. For example, the address is set to “01”, the centralized shall display region no. “01”. If the region no.“01” is not displayed, it proves that the setting is incorrect. You should reset the address no. according to the Comnunciation Module Instruction and DIP table. After normal communication between centralized controller and communication module, an Installation Table shall EH¿OOHGIRUFKHFNRILQIRUPDWLRQDERXWHDFKLQGRRUXQW,IWKHTXDQWLW\RILQGRRUXQLWVE\FKHFNLVLQFRQVLVWHQWZLWKWKDWRI the installed indoor units, address setting the communication module and connection of the communication wire shall be checked again. Fig. 6.2.6.6 65 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Installation Table Table 3 Installation Table Region No. Indoor unit no. Present indoor unit no. Indoor unit location 08 03 08-03 No.3 indoor unit in Room B Floor A Note: ķ Region no. indicates online region no.1-64, displayed by the centralized controller. unit no. indicates online indoor unit no., 1-16, displayed by centralized controller. Ĺ Present indoor unit no. indicates present indoor unit no. displayed by centralized controller. ĺ Indoor unit location indicates actual location of centralized controller, which is expressed by No.___ indoor unit, Room____, Floor ______. ĸ Indoor 6.2.7 Attachment Error Code List: Error code list of GMV VRF Error Code DPOUSPM 66 Malfunction E1 High pressure protection of compressor E2 Antifreezing protection of indoor unit E3 Low pressure protection of compressor E4 Discharge temperature protection of compressor E5 Overcurrent protection, overload protection of compressor, drive malfunction E6 Communication malfunction E7 0RGHVFRQÀLFW E8 Indoor fan motor protection E9 :DWHURYHUÀRZSURWHFWLRQFDVVHWWHW\SHXQLW EH E-heater protection F0 Ambient temperature sensor malfunction of indoor unit F1 Malfunction of coil pipe inlet sensor of indoor unit F2 Malfunction of coil pipe intermediate sensor of indoor unit F3 Malfunction of coil pipe outlet sensor of indoor unit F4 Ambient temperature sensor malfunction of outdoor unit F5 Malfunction of coil pipe inlet sensor of outdoor unit F6 Malfunction of coil pipe intermediate sensor of outdoor unit F7 Malfunction of coil pipe outlet sensor of outdoor unit F8 0DOIXQFWLRQRIGLVFKDUJHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU¿[HG F9 Malfunction of discharge temperature sensor 2 (digital) FA 0DOIXQFWLRQRIRLOWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU¿[HG Fb Malfunction of oil temperature sensor 2 (digital) Fc High pressure sensor malfunction Fd Low pressure sensor malfunction H6 PG Motor Stalling Protection DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual DIP table of communication module DIP table of communication module Address value DIP1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 Address value DIP1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 33 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 34 0 3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 35 0 0 4 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 37 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 38 0 0 0 0 0 7 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 39 1 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 40 0 1 0 0 0 0 9 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 41 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 10 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 42 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 11 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 43 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 44 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 13 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 45 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 14 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 46 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 15 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 47 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 48 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 17 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 49 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 18 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 50 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 19 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 51 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 20 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 52 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 21 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 53 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 22 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 54 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 23 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 55 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 24 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 56 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 25 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 57 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 26 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 58 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 27 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 59 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 28 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 60 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 29 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 61 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 30 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 62 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 31 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 63 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 64 67 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.3 Connection Between Controller and Unit Communication network The following is a brief sketch of communication net of multi variable units: Communication module1 Indoor control 2XWGRRUXQLW Indoor control 2XWGRRUXQLW &HQWUDOFRQWURO Communication module1 (The max. of N is 64) Fig.6.1.4 $VVKRZQLQ¿JXUHWKH´?´DW$DUHSDUWLQJOLQHVIRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQQHW/HIWVLGHRIWKH³?´LVWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ net between central control and communication module while the right side is that between multi variable outdoor unit and indoor units. The 2 nets are individual nets. Before normal use of central control, do conduct addresses setting and adjusting to communication system by installation personnel. Only after that can the central control offered to be used by user. 6.4 Case Study 7DNHRQHÀRRURIDQRI¿FHEXLOGLQJIRUH[DPSOHWRLOOXVWUDWHZLULQJDQGGHEXJJLQJRIWKHFHQWUDOL]HGFRQWUROV\VWHP ,QWKLVÀRRUWKHUHDUHDVVHPEO\URRPVRI¿FHVDQGPRQLWRUURRP5HIHUWRWKHIROORZLQJLOOXVWUDWLRQIRULWVSODQH structure. Office 48 sq m Office 25 sq m ࡲ݀ᅸ Office 25 sq m Ϟ 48 sq m Assembly Room No.1 Office No.1 Monitor Room Office 15 sq m Office No.2 Office No.3 Office 15 sq m Office 15 sq m WC Office 17 sq m Assembly Room No.2 Fig.6.5 DPOUSPM 68 Office No.4 Office 15 sq m Office No.7 Office No.8 Office No.5 Office No.6 Office 15 sq m Office 15 sq m DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.4.1 Instruction to Distribution of Unit and Installation of Equipment 7KLVRI¿FHEXLOGLQJKDVEHHQLQVWDOOHGZLWKVHWVRI*09XQLWVDVVKRZQLQWKHWDEOHEHORZ Name Models Quantity of required communication modules (pinboard) Quantity of indoor units Corresponding rooms of indoor units Room Unit1 GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M 1(0) 12 Address of communication module Address of indoor unit 2I¿FH 1,2 2I¿FH 3,4 2I¿FH 5,6 01 2I¿FH 7,8 2I¿FH 9,10 2I¿FH 11,12 Room Address of communication module 2I¿FH Address of indoor unit 1,2 02 Unit 2 GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M 2(2) 20 2I¿FH Assembly room 1 Assembly room 2 3,4 1,2,3,4 03 5,6,7,8,9 69 DPOUSPM B DPOUSPM 70 Ϟ Net.4 ,QVWUXFWLRQWR)UDPH'LDJUDPRI6\VWHP1HW Monitor Room Net.1 Centralized controller ZJ 7011 D C Net.3 Net.2 S3 WC GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M Office 48 sq m S1 Net.1 GMV-Pdm450W/ NaB-M A Office No.2 ˄Address 3~4˅ Assembly Room No.1 ˄Address 1~4˅ Net.3 Net.2 Office No.1 ˄Address 1~2˅ S2 ࡲ݀ᅸ 48 sq m Office No.4 ˄Address 7~8˅ Assembly Room No.2 ˄Address 5~9˅ Office No.3 ˄Address 5~6˅ Net.3 Office No.5 ˄Address 9~10˅ Office No.7 ˄Address 1~2˅ Net.1 Office No.6 ˄Address 11~12˅ Office No.8 ˄Address 3~4˅ Net.2 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.4.2 Frame Diagram of System Net DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Mark A: Outdoor Unit GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M can be connected with up to 32 indoor units by two pinboards ,either of which can connect with up to 16 indoor units . What’s more, the quantity of communication modules used is the same as that of pinboards. In this project, pinboard 1 is connected with the communication module with address of 02 and indoor units (address aRIRI¿FHFRUUHVSRQGLQJZLWKLQGHSHQGHQWFRPPXQLFDWLRQ1HW3LQERDUGLVFRQQHFWHGZLWKFRPPXQLFDWLRQ module of address 03 and indoor units (address 01~08) of office 1-2, corresponding with independent communication 1HW7KHRXWGRRU¿JXUHLVDVIROORZ Mark B: Outdoor Unit GMV- Pdm 280W/NaB-M can be connected with up to 32 indoor units by two pinboards ,either of which can connect with up to 16 indoor units . What’s more, the quantity of communication modules used is the same as that of pinboards. In this project, pinboard 1 is connected with the communication module with address of 02 and indoor units (address 01~04) of office 7-8, corresponding with independent communication Net.2. Pinboard 2 is connected with communication module of address 03 and indoor units (address 01~08) of office 1-2, corresponding with independent FRPPXQLFDWLRQ1HW7KHRXWGRRU¿JXUHLVDVIROORZ Pinboard2: 3-core neilsbed connects with Indoor Unit or communication module and 4-core neilsbed with Outdoor Unit. Pinboard2: 3-core neilsbed connects with Indoor Unit or modules and 4-core neilsbed with Outdoor Unit. Mark C: Centralized controller cabinet is mainly used to put communication modules together. Refer to Section 3 Instruction WR,QVWDOODWLRQ3URFHGXUHRI6\VWHPDERXWLWV¿JXUHDQGFRQQHFWLRQPHWKRGRIFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRGXOHV Mark D: &HQWUDOL]HG&RQWUROOHU=-)RUWKH¿UVWXVHRILWDGGUHVVPDSSLQJVHWWLQJPXVWEHPDGHWRVSHFLI\DGGUHVVHVRI communication modules which should be controlled. In this project example there are 3 communication modules with the address of 01, 02 and 03 which are displayed in the centralized controller correspondingly. Mark S1, S2, and S3: Telephone 3-way triple adapters are used to connect communication modules with communicating net of indoor and outdoor units. Refer to Section 3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System for its connection method. 71 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.4.3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System Step 1: Integral Design of the Whole System. In consideration of features of building and installation of the unit, the building is divided into a lot of monitoring UHJLRQVDQGWKHQFRQ¿UPUHTXLUHGV\VWHPVWKHLUTXDQWLW\DQGLQVWDOODWLRQORFDWLRQV$VIRUWKLVH[DPSOH $'LYLVLRQRIPRQLWRULQJUHJLRQV$FFRUGLQJWRQHHGVRIWKHXVHUVWKHZKROHÀRRULVGLYLGHGLQWRPRQLWRULQJ UHJLRQVVRXWKDUHDRI¿FHQRUWKDUHDDVVHPEO\URRPDQGRI¿FHDQGPRQLWRUURRP %&RQ¿UPDWLRQRITXDQWLW\RIV\VWHPV Name Qty Installation Location Notes Communication modules 3 Centralized control cabinet The quantity required for the pinboards is the same as communication modules. If no pinboard, only one module is needed. So, there should be 3 modules in total. Centralized control cabinet 1 Monitor room Installed indoors according to user’s conditions. Centralized controller 1 Monitor room Installed indoors Step 2: Wiring and Installation A. Centralized controller as extension function of GMV unit can be installed and debugged after communication connection between outdoor unit and indoor unit and normal operation of the unit. B. Make of centralized control cabinet If a lot of communication modules are used, centralized control cabinet is recommended. Heavy current wires and FRPPXQLFDWLRQOLQHVVKRXOGEHZLUHGVHSDUDWHO\7KHGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWKHPVKRXOGNHHSDERYHFP7KHIROORZLQJ¿JXUH is an example of centralized control cabinet, but its design should be according to quantity of communication modules. DPOUSPM 72 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual C. Connection of communication modules COM 1 of communication module can connect with indoor and outdoor unit. The two COM2 can connect with other FRPPXQLFDWLRQPRGXOHRUFHQWUDOL]HGFRQWUROOHU$VVKRZQLQWKHIROORZLQJ¿JXUH D. Connection between communication module and indoor and outdoor units According to the net diagram, connect the communication line between indoor unit and outdoor unit. Then cut off the communication line between the mainboards of indoor unit and outdoor unit, as shown below. 73 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Align the cutting terminals and terminals of communication line to COM1, as shown below: In this case, there are two methods to connection of them. Method 1: Welding Weld the two cutting terminals by yellow to yellow and brown to brown, as shown below: $QGWKHQZHOGWKHWHUPLQDOVRIFRPPXQLFDWLRQOLQHWR&20ZLWKWKHZHOGLQJVSRWVLQWKHDERYH¿JXUHWRJHWKHUE\ yellow wire to brown wire, as shown below: DPOUSPM 74 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual At last, wrap the welding spots with insulating tape and test conduction performance of the three communication lines, as shown below: Method 2: Triple adapter 0DNHFU\VWDOKHDGVIRUWKHWKUHHOLQHV7KHFRQQHFWLRQGLUHFWLRQVKRXOGEHWKHVDPHDVLQWKHDERYHZHOGLQJ¿JXUHV i.e. yellow to yellow and brown to brown wire of indoor and outdoor units, but yellow to brown wire of communication line to COM1.The crystal heads are as follow: Insert the three crystal heads into the triple adopter and test conduction performance of them, as shown below: 75 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual E. Connection of Communication Modules and Centralized Controller Connection of COM1 of communication module which has 3 COM in total has been introduced as the above. COM2 can connect with another communication module or centralized controller, as shown below: Step 3: There are two methods of DIP address setting of communication module. Method 1: 7KHDGGUHVVRIHDFKFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRGXOHKDVEHHQ¿[HGLQWKHIDFWRU\DQGPDUNHGRQWKHODEHODWWKHEDFNRILW It is unnecessary for users to set anything. In addition, the 3-digital DIP can not be dialed to OFF completely, as shown below: Label for address of communication module Digital switch DPOUSPM 76 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Method 2: Manual setting of address, as operated the following: 1) Dial the digital switch at the back of communication module to OFF completely, as below: Dial the 3 rods to OFF. Digital switch 2) Open the cover of communication module as below: Digital switch The 8-digital DIP is as below: 77 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Set DIP for address according to the following table. Address from 0 to 31 Address from 32 to 63 DIP S2 DPOUSPM DIP S3 DIP S2 Address 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 DIP S3 Address 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 33 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 34 0 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 35 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 37 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 38 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 7 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 39 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 40 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 9 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 41 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 10 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 42 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 11 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 43 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 44 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 13 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 45 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 14 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 46 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 15 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 47 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 48 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 17 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 49 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 18 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 50 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 19 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 51 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 20 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 52 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 21 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 53 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 22 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 54 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 23 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 55 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 24 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 56 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 25 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 57 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 26 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 58 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 27 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 59 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 28 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 60 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 29 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 61 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 30 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 62 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 31 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 63 78 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Address from 64 to 95 Address from 96 to 127 DIP S2 DIP S3 Address 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 DIP S2 DIP S3 Address 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 64 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 96 0 65 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 97 1 0 66 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 98 0 1 0 67 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 99 0 0 1 0 68 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 100 0 0 0 1 0 69 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 101 1 0 0 0 1 0 70 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 102 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 71 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 103 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 72 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 104 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 73 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 105 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 74 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 106 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 75 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 107 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 76 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 108 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 77 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 109 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 78 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 110 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 79 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 111 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 80 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 112 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 81 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 113 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 82 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 114 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 83 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 115 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 84 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 116 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 85 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 117 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 86 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 118 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 87 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 119 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 88 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 120 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 89 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 121 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 90 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 122 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 91 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 123 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 92 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 124 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 93 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 125 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 94 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 126 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 95 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 127 79 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Step 4: System Setting of Centralized Controller SYSTEM SETTING includes ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING. The former one is used for setting address of control object (communication module), and the latter one for initializing the data in the centralized controller LQFOXGLQJFOHDUDOOWKH¿QLVKHGDGGUHVVVHWWLQJV Since the centralized controller can control at most 64 communication modules and the address of them is 0 to 253 (0 is generally unused), it must specify the address of communication module needed to be controlled. It is ADDRESS SETTING, which is not recommended to operate by users. The debugging personnel can press SYSTEM/DEBUG into system setting interface. After pressing UP, DOWN, LEFT or RIGHT button, press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING. The operation procedure of ADDRESS SETTING: 1) The centralized controller without energizing and setting will display following. ROOM TEMP. c INDOOR DO MAIN DETECTING Mon. Year MonD ate Hour Min Display Present Unit No. 00-00 which means soft address 00-No. 00 indoor unit. (Soft address is the No. displayed in 1-64 grid of LCD. Press SYSTEM/DEBUG into system setting interface. After pressing UP, DOWN, LEFT or RIGHT button, press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING. Then press UP or DOWN button to switch between them. ROOM TEMP. c INDOOR DO MAIN SYS SET ADDRESS INITIALIZE DETECTING Mon. Year MonD ate Hour Min 2) When ADDRESS SETTING is blinking, press SELECT button into address setting interface. INDOOR UNIT ERROR Soft address ROOM TEMP. c INDOOR DO MAIN SYS SET ADDRESS INITIALIZE Hard address DETECTING Mon. Year MonD ate Hour Min Press LEFT or RIGHT button to switch between SOFT and Hard ADDRESS settings, and UP or Down button to adjust their values.After adjustment, press CONFIRM button to make the address values corresponding and effective. If the cursor stops at hard address position (hard address is blinking), press CANCEL button to make the setting value ineffective, in which case, the “- -”will be displayed.(Soft address is the No. displayed in 1-64 grid of LCD and hard address is the actual one of communication module.) In this example, the centralized controller controls 3 communication modules with the address of 01, 02 and 03 (i.e. hard address is 01,02 and 03).For convenient management, soft address will be set to the same as hard address, i.e. “01 001”, “02 002”and “03 003”. DPOUSPM 80 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual ,IFRPPXQLFDWLRQLVQRUPDODIWHUVHWWLQJWKHFHQWUDOL]HGFRQWUROOHUZLOOGLVSOD\DVWKHIROORZLQJ¿JXUH Press this button to check indoor unit status under corresponding soft address. Soft address display 01,02 and 03 ķ 01,02 and 03 of soft address is displayed, which indicates normal communication of these 3 communication modules. ĸ PRESENT UNIT NO. displays “01-08”, which indicates No. 08 indoor unit under 01 communication module is being checked. Ĺ Press ROOM/REGION button to check other indoor units’ status under present communication module. Indoor units’ status is automatically detected, without setting in centralized controller. 81 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Step 5: Troubleshooting during Installation of Centralized Controller Generally speaking, connection of communication lines, address DIP of communication module and address mapping setting of centralized controller are the common problems during installation of centralized controller. These problems FDQEHUHÀHFWHGIURPUXQQLQJLQGLFDWRUJUHHQRIFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRGXOH0HDQZKLOHLWLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRGHEXJWKH centralized controller after making communication of outdoor and indoor units smooth to simplify the problems. A. Connection of communication lines 1) If incorrect or non-connection of communication module, centralized controller and communication line of indoor and outdoor units, the green indicator will be black all the time. 2) It indicates connection problem between communication module and centralized controller that green indicator blinks once every 2s.In this case, COM2 must be used to connect them. 3) It indicates connection problem of communication module and indoor and outdoor units that green indicator blinks twice every 2s. In this case, COM1 must be used to connect them. Refer to Step 2, C for details. B. Address DIP of communication module There are two methods for address setting. The one is that communication module has been set by software store, but the 3-digital DIP switch can not be dialed to OFF completely. The other one is to set it manually, but the 3-digital DIP switch should be dialed to OFF completely. Refer to step 3 for details. Digital switch C. Address mapping setting of centralized controller The centralized controller only can normally operate after specifying address of communication module needed to control. If not, the operation status of communication and indoor units can not be displayed by it. Refer to Step 4 for details. DPOUSPM 82 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7 MONITORING SOFTWARE 7.1 Remote Monitoring System 7.1.1 Introduction to Remote Monitoring System The great development of Gree’s technology for manufacturing commercial air conditioners enables Gree to provide remote monitoring system for Gree commercial air conditioners to users which can solve the problem of difficulty on centralized management and maintenance caused by complex and disperse distribution of commercial air conditioners in a building. Users can execute daily management and maintenance to the units by the system which is easily operated and reliable. Combining with technologies for electrommunication and computer software, remote monitoring system of Gree commercial air conditioners can collect information, inspect running status, and execute control and error warning of the commercial air conditioners. It can apply with a variety of types of commercial air conditioners, such as Multi VRF Units, Centrifugal Units, Air-Cooled Screw Chiller, Water-Cooled Screw Chiller, Closed Control Units, Modular Units, and Air Duct Type Units, etc. It can also meet the requirements of various building projects in the aspect of centralized management and monitoring for commercial air conditioners, which is indispensable high-tech product for intelligent control and information-based management of the modern building. 7.1.2 Function Instruction to Remote Monitoring System Remote monitoring system of the Multi VRF units can remote monitor all models of Gree current luxury Multi VRF XQLWV,QFRPIRUWDEOHRI¿FHXVHUFDQFHQWUDOO\PDQDJHDQGFRQWUROPD[VHWVRI0XOWL95)XQLWVE\VRIWZDUHLQVWDOOHG LQPRQLWRULQJFRPSXWHU6SHFL¿FPRGHOVDSSOLHGZLWKWKHV\VWHPDUHLQGRRUXQLWVRI0XOWL95)XQLWV5$KHDW recovery, single unit inverter of Multi VRF, modular Multi VRF units, 900 digital Mutli VRF, R22 digital heat pump units, 1-32 digital Multi VRF units. It is capable of remotely turning on/of the unit, modifying the mode, changing the settings, altering the fan speed, and enquiring the status of the unit etc .through the remote monitoring system/BMS system. 7.1.3 Product Accessories List Note: The remote monitoring system GREE AC Eudenmon 2009 should be coupled with the latest communication module MC200017 (ZJ6012). Name Model Material Code Scope of Supply Remarks Optoelectronic isolated repeaters Optoelectronic isolated repeaters RS485 Top LN02200010 Optional Optional only when meeting the condition Communication module kit ME30-23/E(M) MC200017 Standard For export, including communication module components of remote monitoring system of Centrifugal units FC30-23/A(M) MC200019 Standard Include CD of monitoring software, optoelectronic isolated converter,etc. 7.2 BMS System 7.2.1 General Description of BMS System The BMS system of Gree’s central air conditioner adopts RS485 communication mode and provides the prevailing MODBUS protocol. Via MODBUS standard protocol interface, Gree’s central air conditioner can be seamlessly interfaced to the building management system (BMS). This system is applicable to centralized monitoring and management of GMV multi VRF system, water cooled screw chiller, air cooled scroll chiller and centrifugal chiller. It is a requisite system for managing the intelligent air conditioner system in modern buildings. The BMS of GMV multi VRF system can provide BMS interface for Gree’s multi VRF system. Via this interface, the user can execute centralized management and control of 4080 indoor units under 255 sets of GMV multi VRF systems. It is a requisite system for management of the intelligent air conditioner system in modern buildings. This system is applicable to the following models: 1-16 GMV indoor unit, R410A Heat Recovery Unit, Non-modular Inverter GMV, Modular GMV, 900 Digital GMV, R22 Digital Heat Pump Water Heater and 1-32 Digital GMV. 83 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7.2.2 Function Instruction of BMS System Realize the perfect connection with other network by connecting the RS485 main interface to the user’s BMS system under the involvement of the Modbus protocol. Realize the monitoring on the settable parameter of the unit. Realize the monitoring on the running status of the unit. Realize the monitoring on the error status of the unit. Be of multiple monitoring points, allowing up to 255 units in one network. 7.2.3 Product Accessories List Notes: When Gree provides BMS interface module only, so that the user needs to integrate the building management system (BMS) by himself according to interface protocol. Name Model Material Code Range of Supply Remarks Optoelectronic isolated converter Optoelectronic isolated converter GD02 EN02200020 Optional For export Optoelectronic isolated repeater Optoelectronic isolated repeater RS485 LN02200010 Optional Optional only when meeting the condition Communication module kit Remote control parts ME30-00/E2 MC200030 Standard For export, including communication module In conclusion: Refer to the service manual for more details about the interface of the remote monitoring system and %06V\VWHP)LOH1R-)-),ISURGXFWVSHFL¿FDWLRQKDVWKHPRGL¿FDWLRQRXUFRPSDQ\ZLOOQRW issue a separate notice. 8 DETECTION CONTROL BOARD 8.1 Gate-control Function This detection control board is only suitable for Gree multi-variable (GMV) indoor unit with gate-control function. The AC will run after plugging in gate-control card and stop running after plugging out the card. Upon plugging out the card to stop the unit, the running states of the unit will be memorized. After plugging in the card, the unit will be under standby state or resume running according to settings. The AC will run when the customer plugs in the card and automatically stop when he plugs out the card, which ensures unit off after leaving of persons and saves energy. Fig.1 is about simple sketch for communication network of detection control board for GMV series. Indoor control Detection Control Board Indoor control Detection Control Board Indoor control Detection Control Board Indoor control Outdoor unit Detection Control Board Fig.1 Communication Network of Detection Control Board for GMV series 8.2 Working Process of Gate Control 1) If the gate-control card is not plugged in after powering on the complete unit, the indoor unit will be in the state without gate-control function and can be operated by remote controller or buttons on it. 2) Powering on the AC and plugging in the card, the unit will be in the state with gate-control function after 5-second detection. The present running state of the AC won’t be affected (the unit on/off state will be kept) after plugging in the card. If plugging out the card, the AC will automatically stop after 5-second detection. Once plugging in the card, indoor unit will be considered as the one with gate-control function, which can be canceled only after powering off and then powering on the unit. DPOUSPM 84 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 8.3 Detection Control Board Interface Sketch is shown in Fig.2: Fig2: Detection Control Board Interface Sketch The gate-control function can be realized after the detective interface of detection control board connects with interface of gate-control card and signal interface of it connects with the mainboard. 8.4 Products Parameters Model: MK03 gate controller Working Voltage: AC 220-240V, 50HZ or DC +5V-+24V Power: 1W Working temperature: -10~48 8.5 Installation of Detection Control Board Fig. 3 Installation Sketch of Detection Control Board No. 1 2 3 4 Description Base box of socket installed in the wall , a hole with ( L×W×D)100mm×100mm×50mm Bottom plate of detection control board Front panel of detection control board Screw M4X25 Note: Detection control board with (L×W×H) 73.5mm×73.5mm×33.0mm 85 DPOUSPM DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Fig.3 is about installation process of detection control board. The following items should be attended. 1. Installation must be performed by professionals. Either 220-240V or DC 5-24V is ok. 2. Cut off the power of heavy current wire covered in the mounting hole in the wall before installation. Never perform the installation with electricity. 3. Press the bottom plate of the detection control board on the wall, and then make it and front panel of detection control board together. $WODVW¿[WKHERWWRPSODWHDQGIURQWSDQHORIGHWHFWLRQFRQWUROERDUGWRJHWKHUZLWKVFUHZ67; 7KHUHVKRXOGQ¶WEHDQ\ODUJHSRZHUHOHFWULFDSSOLDQFHDQG¿UPLQJEDVHQHDUE\WRDYRLGLQWHUIHUHQFHVRXUFH 6. Avoid sunlight and rain and do not install it at wet space. 7. Do not install the unit at the place where there is corrosive gas, serious dust, salt fog and oil smoke or which is specially wet. 7KHGHWHFWLRQFRQWUROERDUGPXVWEHLQVWDOOHGDWFRQFHDOHGSODFHDQGIDUIURPZDWHUDQG¿UH DPOUSPM 86 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual INSTALLATION 87 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual INSTALLATION 1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION 1.1 Precautions for Safety Before installation, please ensure if the installing site, power ratings, possible operating range (pipe distance, height difference between indoor and outdoor unit, power voltage) and installing space are correct and suitable. The outdoor unit is general to all models according to its power. To ensure correct installation, please make sure to read the Safety Considerations thoroughly before starting the installation works The considerations stated below are classified into WARNING and CAUTION. Those that might cause GHDWKRUVHYHUHLQMXU\LQFDVHRIZURQJLQVWDOODWLRQDUHLGHQWL¿HGLQ WARNING. However, those that are stated in CAUTION may also cause severe accidents sometimes. Therefore, both of them relate to important safety considerations and must be strictly followed. $IWHUFRPSOHWLQJWKHLQVWDOODWLRQDQGWHVWUXQDQGFRQ¿UPLQJWKDWDOODUHQRUPDOSOHDVHLQWURGXFHWRWKHFOLHQW on how to use and repair the machine according to the Operating Instructions. Besides, please deliver the considerations herein to the clients together with the Operating Instructions, and ask them to keep properly. WARNING! The installation shall be performed by the vendor or professional dealer from which you buy the machine. If you LQVWDOOE\\RXUVHOIDQ\LPSURSHULQVWDOODWLRQPLJKWFDXVHZDWHUOHDNDJHHOHFWULFVKRFNRU¿UHDFFLGHQW The installation shall be done correctly according to installation instructions. Improper installation may cause ZDWHUOHDNDJHHOHFWULFVKRFNRU¿UH To install a large air-conditioning system in a small room, please make sure to take measures to prevent that the refrigerant will not exceed the limit concentration in case of leakage. For the measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the limit concentration, please consult your dealer. If no proper measures, it might cause human suffocation in case of refrigerant leakage Please install at a position that is strong enough to support the weight of machine. If the installing position is of low strength, the machine may drop down and thus cause human injury. Please carry out installation in accordance with the rules for preventing the typhoon or earthquake. The machine may tip over if the installation does not comply with the requirements. The electrical cabling shall be carried out by qualified electricians in accordance with the Safety Code for Electrical Equipment, relevant local rules and the installation instructions. Make sure to use the special-purpose circuit. If WKHSRZHUFLUFXLWFDSDFLW\LVORZRUWKHFRQVWUXFWLRQLVLPSURSHULWPLJKWFDXVHHOHFWULFVKRFNRU¿UHDFFLGHQWV Please use suitable cables and connect them securely. Please fix the terminal joints securely. The terminal FRQQHFWLRQVKDOOQRWEHDIIHFWHGGXHWRDQ\H[WHUQDOIRUFHDSSOLHGRQWRWKHFDEOH,PSURSHUFRQQHFWLRQDQG¿[LQJPD\ FDXVHKHDWLQJDQG¿UHDFFLGHQWV Keep the cables in correct shape and prevent them from protruding upward. Please protect them securely with UHSDLUERDUG,PSURSHULQVWDOODWLRQPD\FDXVHKHDWLQJDQG¿UHDFFLGHQWV When erecting or relocating the air conditioner, do not let any air enter into cooling circulation system except the VSHFL¿HGUHIULJHUDQW,IDQ\DLULVPL[HGDEQRUPDOKLJKSUHVVXUHZLOORFFXULQWKHFRROLQJFLUFXODWLRQV\VWHPWKXVFDXVLQJ crack or human injury accidents. During installation, please always use the attached parts or designated parts. Failure to use the designated parts PD\FDXVHZDWHUOHDNDJHHOHFWULFVKRFN¿UHRUUHIULJHUDQWOHDNDJH CAUTION Please earth securely. Do not connect the earth wires to gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone line. Improper earthing might cause electric shock. Leakage circuit breaker must be installed at some place. No installation of leakage circuit breaker might cause electric shock. 'RQRWLQVWDOODWDSODFHZKHUHLQÀDPPDEOHJDVPLJKWOHDN*DVOHDNDJHDQGGHVSRWDURXQGWKHPDFKLQHPLJKW FDXVH¿UHDFFLGHQWV To ensure correct drainage of water, the drainage pipe shall be installed according to the installation instructions. Also the heat insulation shall be provided to avoid condensing. Improper installation of the pipe might result in water leakage and lead to possible wetting of the articles in the room. 88 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1.2 Key Points of Installation Installation Procedures Description and Acceptance Criteria Material Selection and Equipment Inspection Communication wire Connection Address dial code Remote Control Installation of indoor unit Power cord 1) The power cables shall be separated from communication wires at a least distance of 10cm. 2) To avoid breaking the communication wires, please do not use strong force; 3) For multiple units, please mark them properly. 4) Switch on indoor and outdoor unit, and ensure there is no display of “Communication Wire Error E6”. 1) Each indoor unit under the same system has a unique address dial code. 2) The wired controller and its corresponding indoor unit have the same address dial code. 1) Select the remote control mode; 2) The centralized controller and communication module shall be installed free from the source of interference. 7KHSRZHUFDEOHPXVWPHHWWKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV 7KHLQGRRUXQLWVXQGHUWKHVDPHV\VWHPPXVWEHDUUDQJHGXQGHUXQL¿HGSRZHUVXSSO\ Installation 7KH39&SLSHVPXVWPHHWWKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV $VSHFL¿FJUDGLHQWPXVWEHSURYLGHGDORQJWKHZDWHUÀRZGLUHFWLRQ 3) Carry out water detection after installation. 4) Carry out thermal insulation to the drainage pipe only after the water detection is accepted. Thermal insulation 7KHWKHUPDOLQVXODWLRQWXEHPXVWPHHWWKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV 2) Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air entry. Drainage Pipe Installation of Air Duct (when with high static pressure duct-type unit) Welding Installation of connection pipes 7KHPDWHULDOVVSHFL¿HGRQWKHHQJLQHHULQJGUDZLQJVKDOOEHSXUFKDVHGDVVSHFL¿HG (e.g. copper tube, thermal insulation tube, PVC pipe, power cables, air switch, etc); 7KHPDWHULDOVQRWVSHFL¿HGRQWKHHQJLQHHULQJGUDZLQJVKDOOEHSXUFKDVHG according to the actual quantity of works (e.g. hanger frame, cable duct, etc); 3) Check if the outdoor unit, indoor unit, communication wires and accessories are complete. Purge and make leakage detection under pressure Thermal insulation Installation of outdoor unit Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit Leakage detection under pressure Vacuuming Add refrigerant 1) Design the length of air duct according to static pressure; 2) The air inlet shall be optimally designed to avoid too small size. 7KHFRSSHUWXEHPXVWPHHWWKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV 2) Ensure it is dry and clean inside the tube. 3) Make sure to charge nitrogen as required for protection when welding the tubes. 4) Please keep to the welding process and ensure the system free of leakage. $GGDGXDOZD\¿OWHURQOLTXLGSLSHVLGH 6) For multiple systems, please mark them properly. 7) Carry out leakage detection under pressure after welding. 1) Purge the system clean. 2) Keep the pressure for 24 hours. ([FHSWIRUWKHLQÀXHQFHE\WHPSHUDWXUHLWLVGHHPHGDFFHSWDEOHLISUHVVXUHGURSLVZLWKLQ 0.02MPa. (With the temperature change by 1 , the pressure will change by approx. 0.01MPa). 7KHWKHUPDOLQVXODWLRQWXEHPXVWPHHWWKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV 2) Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air entry. 1) Select the installing position correctly. 2) Build the foundation according to the anchor bolt position and the dimension of outdoor unit; 3) Build the damping device properly. 4) Avoid sharp knock when handling the outdoor unit. The inclination angle shall not be higher than 15°. 1) Tighten the nuts; 2) Provide proper protection to the outdoor connection pipe, communication wires and power supply. .HHSWKHSUHVVXUHIRUKRXUV([FHSWIRUWKHLQÀXHQFHE\WHPSHUDWXUHLWLV deemed acceptable if pressure drop is within 0.02MPa. (With the temperature change by 1 , the pressure will change by approx. 0.01MPa). 1) Establish vacuum simultaneously in the gas pipe and liquid pipe; 2) The vacuuming time shall be long enough. 3) Put still for 1 hour after vacuuming. It is deemed acceptable if the pressure will not rise. $GGUHIULJHUDQWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHYROXPHDVVSHFL¿HGRQWKHHQJLQHHULQJGUDZLQJ Open the valve of outdoor unit Commissioning of complete unit Remarks: 1) Described above are general working procedures. The procedures might vary with the site conditions. 2) For detailed installation rules, please see the description in each chapter. 89 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION Purchase material Install connecting pipe Install outdoor unit Install outdoor fan Weld Install remote monitoring control Connect communication cable Connect power cord Install drain pipe Connect power cord Install air duct Purge and leak test under pressure Address dial up Heat insulation Heat insulation Connect indoor unit and outdoor unit Finish installation of indoor unit Leak test under pressure Vacuuming Add refrigerant Open the valv e Debugging 90 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT 3.1 Hoisting of Unit Transport the unit to a place as close as possible to the installing site before taking it out of the packaging box. CAUTIONS! Never put any object on top of the unit before and after installation. To lift the machine with crane, please use two ropes to lift the outdoor unit. Hoisting Method The machine must be balanced when it is lifted. Check and ensure that the machine can be lifted up safely and stably. CAUTIONS! Do not attach the ropes to the lower wood frame of the packaging box. Never remove any packaging materials. As shown, insert two ropes through the square holes on the machine and protect the machine with batten and corrugated paper. Less than Never remove the wood frame and plastic straps. Rope The angle between rope and machine shall be higher than 60º. Tie the ropes the batten and corrugated paper with a thickness not over 15mm. Do not apply any force to this board (both sides). Insert the ropes through square hole. During lifting, the position of ropes is as shown below. Move the lower wood frame of the packaging box away and lift the unit to correct position. Rope Rope Square hole Square hole Correct Correct 91 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.1 Installation of Outdoor Unit with Side Air Outlet To ensure good operation of the air conditioner, the selection of installing position must be in accordance with the following principles: 7KHDLUGLVFKDUJHGIURPWKHXQLWZLOOQRWÀRZEDFNDQGWKHUHVKDOOEHDGHTXDWHVHUYLFHVSDFHDURXQGWKHPDFKLQH The installing position shall be in good ventilation, so that the machine can breathe and exhaust enough air. Ensure that there is no obstruction at the inlet and outlet of the machine. If any, please remove the obstructions blocking the air inlet and outlet. The installing position shall be strong enough to withstand the weight of outdoor unit and be able to isolate the sound and absorb the vibration. Also ensure that the outlet air and noise from the air conditioner will not affect the neighbors. The outdoor unit must be lifted by using the designated lift hole. During lifting, take care to protect the air conditioner and avoid knocking the metal parts, thus to prevent rusting in the future. Avoid direct sunshine as it might be. The installing position must be able to drain the rainwater and the water generated from defrosting. The installing position must ensure that the machine will not be buried in the snow or affected by the wastes or oil mist. To meet the noise and vibration requirements, the outdoor unit shall be installed by using rubber damping pad or spring damper. The installing dimension shall comply with the installation requirements in these instructions. The outdoor unit PXVWEH¿[HGDWWKHLQVWDOOLQJSRVLWLRQ The installation shall be done by specialist technicians. 3.2 Selection of Installation Site The place with no residual air 7KHSODFHZKHUHWKHDFFHVVRULHVFDQEHVHFXUHO\¿[HG The place where the air will not obstruct the water inlet pipe or water outlet pipe The place that goes beyond the heating range of other heat sources The place where the wastewater can be safely drained The place where the noise and hot air will not affect the neighbors The place where the snow will not be piled The place where the water outlet pipe will not be blown by strong wind Note: Do not use guardrail on four sides. Leave 1m at least above the machine. In case of short-circuit risk, please install an adaptor changeable in air direction. To avoid short circuiting, please provide adequate suction space when multiple machines are to be installed. In the region with snow, the machine shall be installed in a frame or beneath the snow guard, thus to prevent snow piling on the machine. 'RQRWLQVWDOOWKHHTXLSPHQWLQDUHJLRQZKHUHDQ\LQÀDPPDEOHJDVPLJKWOHDN * The snow guard and other devices shall be designed and installed by the user. 92 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.3 Dimensions Data NOTE:The picture of the units is only for reference, everything goes by with the real object. 1670 GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M, GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M, Outline dimensions. (Unit: mm) 770 930 722̚737 925 792 1670 GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M, GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M, GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M, Outline dimensions. (Unit: mm) 1340 770 722̚737 1203 93 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.4 Clearance Data NOTE:The picture of the units is only for reference, everything goes by with the real object. 3.4.1 Clearance data of single unit Air outlet ˚ ˚ GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M, GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M, GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M, GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M, GMVPdm450W/NaB-M, Outline dimensions. (Unit: mm) ˚ ˚ Front Back Front ˚ Electrical box outlet on this side Back ˚ The wall on the four side of the outdoor unit should be in accordance with the above basic space requirement; In case that the front side and left side (or right side) of the outdoor unit is open space: No limitation to the height of the wall For the top wall (e.g. air guard interference), it is required over 3000mm distance between the unit top and the top wall in principle. In case that the front, back, left and right sides are open to the around space, it is required over 1500mm distance between the unit top and the top wall. In case the distance is less than 1500mm, or the unit is not open to the around space, a air inlet is necessary for keeping ventilation 94 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.4.2 Clearance data of multiple unit To ensure good ventilation, the top of unit shall be kept open and free of any obstructions. In case that the front side and left side (or right side) of the outdoor unit is open space, the unit shall be installed in the same direction. No limitation to t he height of the wall Back Front Back Front Max. 4 sets side by side Installed back against back: No limitation to t he height of the wall Back Front Back Front Max. 4 sets side by side In case there are walls on four sides of the outdoor unit: It is suggested to install the unit in the same direction No limitation to t he height of the wall Back Front Back Front Max. 4 sets side by side 95 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.5 Take Monsoons and Snow into Consideration The monsoon shall be taken into consideration when installing the outdoor unit. Incorrect:The defrosting time will be prolonged in this way. Correct Seasonal windS easonal wind Seasonal wind Seasonal wind Guard Return air Return air Return air Return air The snow shall be taken into consideration when installing the outdoor unit. To prevent the snow from covering the air outlet and air inlet, it is required to use an protective cover on air outlet and air inlet, and use a higher foundation base. Correct Incorrect Protector of air inlet (provided at field) Protector of air inlet (provided at field) Seasonal wind Height of base in consideration of snow 96 Seasonal wind DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING 6SHFL¿FDWLRQ R410a refrigerant system External Diameter(mm/inch) Thickness(mm) External Diameter(mm/inch) Thickness(mm) ij 0.8 ij 1.5 ij 0.8 ij 1.5 ij 1 ij 1.5 ij 1 ij 2.0 ij 1 ij 2.0 ij 1.5 ij 2.0 4.2 Allowable Length and Height Differences of the Refrigerant Piping between the Indoor and Outdoor Units L1 L4 L3 L2 The 1st branch section Indoor unit L5 Equivalent length of farthest pipe: L The equivalent length of the farthest pipe from the 1st branch: L L6 L7 L8 Height difference between indoor units: H Height difference between indoor unit and outdoor unit: H Outdoor unit The equivalent length is 0.5m for each Y-type branch pipe. 97 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4.2.1 For outdoor unit with total rated capacity more than or equal to 60.0kW (See the above picture for the piping methods) 7RWDOOHQJWKDFWXDOOHQJWKRI¿WWLQJSLSH Allowable (m/ft) value Fitting pipe 500 L1+L2+L3+L4+…+L8+a+b+…+i Actual length 150 Equivalent length 175 /HQJWKRIWKHIXUWKHVW¿WWLQJSLSH L1+L5+L6+L7+L7+ L8+i (TXLYDOHQWOHQJWKRI¿WWLQJSLSH from the 1st branch joint to farthest indoor unit L(m) Height differences between indoor unit and outdoor unit 40 L5+L6+L7+L7+ L8+i Outdoor unit at upper 50 —— Outdoor unit at lower 40 —— 15 —— Height differences between indoor units 4.2.2 For outdoor unit with total rated capacity more than or equal to 20.0kW and less than 60.0kW(See the above picture for the piping methods) 7RWDOOHQJWKDFWXDOOHQJWKRI¿WWLQJSLSH Allowable (m/ft) value Fitting pipe 300 L1+L2+L3+L4+…+L8+a+b+…+i Actual length 100 Equivalent length 125 /HQJWKRIWKHIXUWKHVW¿WWLQJSLSH L1+L5+L6+L7+L7+ L8+i (TXLYDOHQWOHQJWKRI¿WWLQJSLSH from the 1st branch joint to farthest indoor unit L(m) Height differences between indoor unit and outdoor unit 40 L5+L6+L7+L7+ L8+i Outdoor unit at upper 50 —— Outdoor unit at lower 40 —— 15 —— Height differences between indoor units 98 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4.3 Refrigerant Pipe Size 7KHUHIULJHUDQWSLSHVL]HIURPWKHRXWGRRUXQLWWRWKH¿UVWEUDQFKLVGHFLGHGE\WKHFDSDFLW\FRGHRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLW Note: ķ When the distance between the outdoor unit to the farthest indoor unit exceeds 90m, then the size of both the OLTXLGDQGJDVUHIULJHUDQWSLSHVEHWZHHQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWWRWKH¿UVWEUDQFKVKRXOGEHHQODUJHGE\RQHOHYHODVOLVWHG in the following table. ĸ :KHQWKHGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHIDUWKHVWLQGRRUXQLWH[FHHGVPWKHQWKHVL]HRIWKHOLTXLG UHIULJHUDQWSLSHEHWZHHQWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHIDUWKHVWLQGRRUXQLWVKRXOGEHHQODUJHGE\RQHOHYHODVOLVWHGLQWKH following table. 4.3.2 The diameter of the piping between branch joints (the branch pipe) R410a refrigerant system Outdoor capacity code C Gas pipe (mm/inch) Liquid pipe(mm/inch) ĭ ĭ 56 C 56 C 142 ĭ ĭ 142 C 220 ĭ ĭ 220 C 300 ĭ ĭ 300 C 450 ĭ ĭ 450 C 670 ĭ ĭ 950 ĭ ĭ 950 C 1350 ĭ ĭ 1350 C 1600 ĭ ĭ 1600 C 2100 ĭ ĭ 670<C Note: When the actual pipe length exceeds 90m, the pipe diameter shall be increased accordingly. 4.3.3 The diameter of the piping from the branch joint (branch pipe) to the indoor unit R410a refrigerant system Outdoor capacity code C Gas pipe (mm/inch) Liquid pipe(mm/inch) 22,25,28 model ĭ ĭ 36,40,45,50 model ĭ ĭ 56,63,71,80,90,100,112,125,140 model ĭ ĭ Note: When the actual pipe length exceeds 90m, the pipe diameter shall be increased accordingly. 4.4 Selection of Y-Type Branch Pipe R410a refrigerant system Total Capacity of the Downstream Indoor Unit (X) 200 X Y-Type Branch Pipe Model FQ01A/A 200 X 300 FQ01B/A 300 X 700 FQ02/A 700 X 1350 FQ03/A X FQ04/A 1350 99 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4.5 Selection of Refrigerant Piping between Outdoor Unit and Outdoor Unit ( for module unit) 4.5.1 Selection of components between module and module Notes Model Name Illustration ML01- Liquid pipe Sub-assembly corresponding to outdoor module ML01/A ML01- Air pipe 4.5.2 Selection of pipe diameter between module and module ˚PP ˚PP Pipe between outdoor unit and connection sub-assembly Liquid pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Gas pipe Pipe between outdoor unit and indoor unit 4.5.2.1 Pipe diameter between outdoor unit and connection component R410a refrigerant system Single module capacity code C 280 C 280 C 45 Gas pipe (mm/inch) Liquid pipe(mm/inch) ĭ ĭ ĭ ĭ 4.5.2.2 Pipe diameter between connection component of module and connection component of module R410a refrigerant system Sum of capacity code of upstream module C_ 280 C Gas pipe (mm/inch) Liquid pipe(mm/inch) ĭ ĭ 280 C 450 ĭ ĭ 450 C 670 ĭ ĭ 670 C 954 ĭ ĭ 950 C 1350 ĭ ĭ 1350 C 1600 ĭ ĭ 1600 C 2100 ĭ ĭ 4.5.2.3 Piping used for balancing lubricant 7KHRLOEDODQFHSLSHLVFRQQHFWHGE\XVLQJĭFRSSHUSLSH)RUWKUHHRXWGRRUXQLWVDUUDQJHGLQSDUDOOHORQHZD\ MRLQWKDYLQJDQLQQHUGLDPHWHURIĭVKDOOEHXVHGLQWKHRLOEDODQFHSLSH 100 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4.6. Outdoor unit piping sequence diagram A. GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M Liquid pipe Gas pipe Oil balance pipe Servicing valve (Suction side) B.GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M Liquid pipe Gas pipe Oil balance pipe Servicing valve (Suction side) C.The piping connection diagram of outdoor unit Oil balance pipe Gas pipe Liquid pipe 101 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4.7 Design requirements for oil trap If the height different between the indoor unit and outdoor unit exceeds 6m, one oil trap shall be installed every 6m from lower to upper on the vertical section of gas pipe. The oil trap shall be fabricated into two U-type elbows or one return-type elbow. The height shall be 3~5 times the piping diameter. See below for details on installation and fabrication of oil trap. a. The oil trap may be fabricated into U-type or return-type. b. If outdoor unit is below indoor unit, it is not needed to install oil trap on the vertical pipe of gas piping. c. If the outdoor unit is below the indoor unit, it is not needed to install oil trap at the highest or lowest position. If the outdoor unit is above the indoor unit, oil trap and stop elbow must be installed at the lowest and highest position of the vertical pipe. See the schematics below: d. See the schematics below: Lquid pipe Stop elbow Gas pipe Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 1 6m 6m Indoor unit 4 Oil trap 6m 6m Outdoor unit 6m Outdoor unit lower than indoor unit 102 Indoor unit 3 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Outdoor unit Stop elbow Gas pipe 6m Lquid pipe 6m Indoor unit 4 6m Oil trap 6m 6m Oil reture trap Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Outdoor unit higher than indoor unit e. Fabrication dimension of oil trap is as shown below: A B(mm) C(mm) mm inch ĭ 3/4 ĭ 7/8 ĭ 1/1 ĭ 9/8 ĭ 11/8 ĭ 12/8 ĭ 13/8 ĭ 7/4 ĭ 17/8 103 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING 5.1 Flow Chart of Installation Installation of indoor unit Fabrication according to piping design dimension Installation of conne cting pipe s Expel with nitrogen Weldin g Purge Airtight test Vacuuming and drying 104 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.2 Three Principles of Refrigerant Piping Installation Observe the three principles of refrigerant piping: Key Factors Dry Invasion of outside water Example: Rainwater, engineering water Invasion of indoor condensate Clean Formation of oxides inside the pipe during welding Invasion of dust and foreign articles from outside Measures to Avoid Failure Fabrication of ¿WWLQJSLSH Purge Vacuuming and drying Expel with nitrogen 0.05~0.3Mpa Purge Fabrication of ¿WWLQJSLSH Use suitable materials (copper tube, soldering bar) Airtight Incomplete welding /HDNDJHIURPÀDUHGSRUW Leakage from edge Observe the basic welding procedures Airtight test 2EVHUYHWKHEDVLFRSHUDWLRQVIRUÀDULQJRI ¿WWLQJSLSH Observe the basic inerfacting procedures 5.3 Installation of Metal Embedded Pipe Work Order Metal Embedding Diagram Plotting Installation of metal Embedded Parts Plot the line on ground if possible and use laser to project it onto the roof. This is quick and correct. Advance Installation of Metal Embedded Parts Please select according to local codes. Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts In case that the metal embedded parts cannot be used due to design change, the expansion bolts may be used. Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts The foot pedal shall be supported on three points if exceeding 2m. 7KHIRRWSHGDOPXVWEH¿[HGVHFXUHO\WRWKHODGGHU Please do not work on the top of ladder. 5.4 Installation of Carriage of Refrigerant pipin 5.4.1 Fixing of horizontal pipe The refrigerant pipe will extend and shrink with each start or stop of the air conditioner unit (5~10 times / hour). Under a temperature difference of 80 , this extension may reach 13.84mm for every 10m. To prevent failure, the pipes must be reinforced as follows. Spacing between supports Outer diameter of pipe (mm) 6.35-8.52 Over 12.7 Spacing between supports (m) Below 1.2 Below 1.5 Note: If the gas pipe and liquid pipe are suspended together, the size of liquid pipe shall prevail CAUTION 1HYHUPDNHWKHSLSHGLUHFWO\FRQWDFWZLWKWKH¿[LQJPHWDOSDUWV7KHUPDOLQVXODWLRQVKDOOEHSURYLGHGDURXQGWKH ¿[LQJPHWDOSDUWVRWKHUZLVHFRQGHQVLQJZLOORFFXU 105 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.4.2 Fixing of vertical pipe 7KHYHUWLFDOSLSHPD\EH¿[HGE\XVLQJWKHFRPPRGLW\WRROVLQPDUNHWRUVHOIPDGHWRROV$VDERYHWKH¿[LQJSRLQW shall also be thermally insulated. 5.4.3 Fixing of other points Measures shall be taken to prevent the extension or shrinkage of pipes from causing excessive loads to some positions, machine joint and waterproof points. Generally, such positions refer to the branch pipe joint, pipe ends, four sides of indoor unit and wall-cross hole. 5.5 Management and Machining of Refrigerant Piping 5.5.1 Storage $IWHUUHFHLYLQJWKHUHIULJHUDQWSLSHDQGRWKHUFRPSRQHQWVGRQRWPRYHWKHPWRWKHVWRUDJHXQWLOFRQ¿UPLQJWKDW they have no deformation, bend, crack or damage. The pipe end must be sealed to prevent the invasion of moisture or wastes. The copper pipe with coating may become deformed under the compression of the coating material, so that the coils shall be placed upright. To avoid the invasion of moisture or wastes, a support higher than the ground must be built by using woods. Care of pipe end during construction The pipe ends must be well cared during construction. According to the working position, work progress and surrounding environment, the most effective way is to seal the end and wrap with adhesive tape. 1) Sealing method Clamp the pipe end and weld on it. &ODPSWKHSLSHHQGWRÀDWDQGZHOGRQWKHFOHDUDQFH7KHQFKDUJHQLWURJHQaNJIFP7KLVZLOOEHPRUHHIIHFWLYH 2) Method for wrapping with adhesive tape Seal the pipe end with ethylene tape. 5.5.2 Unwinding the coil CAUTION ļ When unwinding the coil, take care not to drag it on the ground. The coil shall be slowly unwound on ground without any twisting. In case of excessive compression by any hard object during unwinding, the thermal insulation materials may be damaged and cannot be recovered, which will deteriorate the performance of thermal insulation. 'RQRWXQZLQGFDUHOHVVO\2WKHUZLVHWKH¿WWLQJSLSHPLJKWEHÀDWWHQHG Ľ The copper pipe shall be rounded if the pipe end is deformed The higher the size, the higher the possible deformation. 106 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.5.3 Measuring (To reduce the resistance and length of copper pipe), the dimension of main refrigerant pipe shall be so taken that the bends shall be minimized, the radius of bend section shall be increased and the upstream and downstream section shall be reduced. Use the method that can reduce the actual length and equivalent length of the copper pipe. Sometimes the connection pipe of indoor unit must be adjusted due to the relation with accessories,drainage pipe and connection surface. Therefore, a fairly marginal dimension shall be taken. It is convenient to adjust. 5.5.4 Cut·Chamfer Cut a.Cut vertically to axis direction by using special pipe cutter that is suitable to the dimension of copper pipe (big, medium, small). b.During operation, press and rotate the pipe cutter slowly and cut off the copper pipe without causing any deformation. Never use saw or grinding wheel, because the copper scraps may be left inside the pipe. Even use of such tools once will make all works scrapped. It is useless no matter how good the quality of other works. It is best that all operators shall have one pipe cutter and at least one pipe cutter of big dimension shall be provided on site. CAUTION To prevent the invasion of water or waste, avoid placing the copper pipe directly on ground. Chamfer Burrs may occur on the cutting face of copper pipe and must be removed. Meanwhile, purge the foreign articles out RIWKHSLSHDQGUH¿QLVKWKHSLSHHQG Ɣ8VHVFUDSHURURWKHUWRROVWRUHPRYHWKHEXUUVRQLQQHUVLGH (To prevent copper scraps from falling into the pipe, please keep the pipe end downward during operation). Ɣ,IWKHSLSHHQGLVREYLRXVO\GHIRUPHGSOHDVHFXWDQGWKURZLWRIIDQGWKHQUH¿QLVKWKHSLSHHQG Ɣ(OLPLQDWHWKHFRSSHUVFUDSVWKRURXJKO\DQGXVHFRWWRQ\DUQWRZLSHWKHSLSHFOHDQ 7KHÀDUHGMRLQWPXVWEHNHSWVPRRWK :KHQUHPRYLQJWKHEXUUVZLWKVFUDSHUGRQRWUHPRYHWRRPXFKHVSHFLDOO\IRUWKH¿WWLQJSLSHRIVPDOOGLDPHWHU RWKHUZLVHWKHFRQWDFWVXUIDFHRIWKHÀDUHGMRLQWZLOOEHUHGXFHG'RQRWFDXVHDQ\VFRUHVDQGDYRLGFUDFNLQJDIWHUWKH ÀDUHGMRLQWLVIRUPHG Adverse impact if the burrs are removed too much with scraper. 107 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Too much eliminated The contact face becomes small Flared nut 5.5.5 Pipe bending Work Methods a.%HQGE\KDQG«««««««««6XLWDEOHWR¿QHFRSSHUSLSHijPPijPP b.Machining with spring pipe bender …….. Bend by inserting the spring into copper pipe or sheathing onto the FRSSHUSLSHijPPijPP c.0DFKLQLQJZLWKKDQGRSHUDWHGSLSHEHQGHU««8VHWKHSLSHEHQGHURIVXLWDEOHGLPHQVLRQijPPijPP d.0DFKLQLQJZLWKHOHFWULFSLSHEHQGHUK\GUDXOLF««6XLWDEOHIRUPDVVPDFKLQLQJRI¿QHDQGFRDUVH¿WWLQJSLSHV ijPPijPP Advantage Decrease the weld joint, thus reduce the possibility of leakage and oxidization. For example: It can decrease the weld by 8 spots. Please act now to improve the quality. 1RMRLQWLVUHTXLUHGZKLFKZLOOVDYHWKHPDWHULDOFRVWV5HGXFHGZDVWHRI¿WWLQJSLSHPDWHULDOV 5HGXFHGUHVLVWDQFHLQWKH¿WWLQJSLSH7KHEHQGLQJUDGLXVKLJKHUWKDQWKHSLSHMRLQW Cautions: During bending, there shall be no wrinkling or deformation on the inner side of the copper pipe. Spring pipe bend The bender inserted into the copper pipe must be cleaned. Do not bend over 90º. (Otherwise, wrinkling may be formed on the inner side of copper pipe and in the future, the copper pipe will be broken from this position.) 108 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Steel pipe Jacketed bender Inner side wrinkled and deformed Bent, with fissure occurring on this side Section The copper pipe might be deformed even if it is not bent Correct section Bend section 5.5.6 Flaring 7KHÀDULQJUHIHUVWRH[SDQVLRQRISLSHRSHQLQJ7KHFRSSHUSLSHLVLQVHUWHGKHUHWRUHSODFHWKHFDVLQJSLSH,QWKLV way, it is only needed to weld on one position where the pipe is expanded. Solder 109 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.6 Installation of Refrigerant Piping 5.6.1 Precautions on piping works At the site of transport, storage and construction, the two ends of copper pipes shall be sealed with plastic sealing caps. Before welding, copper pipes must be cleaned (washing the inner side of pipe with alcohol) to ensure no dust and no water in pipeline 1LWURJHQ¿OOHGZHOGLQJVKDOOEHXVHGIRUWKHZHOGLQJRIFRSSHUSLSHV1LWURJHQSUHVVXUHVKDOOEHNJIFP 1LWURJHQÀRZFDQEHVHQVHGE\KDQG When multiple multi-connected units are installed, refrigerant piping must be marked to avoid confusion between pipes of different units. A two-way drier shall be mounted at the liquid pipe side at the place where an outdoor unit is connected. 5.6.2 Assemble copper pipes 7KHFRSSHUSLSHVKDOOEHYHUWLFDOO\LQVHUWHGWRWKHVSHFL¿HGOHQJWK7KHFHQWHUOLQHRIWZRDVVHPEOLHVVKDOORYHUODS The position shall be determined for welding. To ensure correct mounting size, do not determine the position with your hands, thus to prevent the copper pipe from moving when heated. See below for the welding size of copper pipe: Outer diameter of pipe D(mm) Minimum depth of penetration B(mm) ij 6 ijij 7 ij 8 ijijij 10 ijij 12 ij 14 B Clearance between pipes A-D ' A 0.05~0.21 0.05~0.27 0.05~0.35 If the mounting clearance is too large, the diameter of coarse pipe may be reduced to an appropriate value to DFFRUGLQJWRDSSOLFDEOHVSHFL¿FDWLRQVLIDQ\ 5.6.3 Installation of branch pipe 7KHEUDQFKSLSHSOD\VWKHIXQFWLRQWRGLYHUWWKHUHIULJHUDQWÀRZ7KHUHIRUHWKHVHOHFWLRQDQGLQVWDOODWLRQRIEUDQFK pipe is very important to the operation of multi-unit. Based on correct selection of branch pipe, the branch pipe must be LQVWDOOHGDFFRUGLQJWRLQVWDOODWLRQVSHFL¿FDWLRQV Connection schematics for Y-type branch pipe The connection of Y-type branch pipe is as shown below. The inlet is connected to outdoor unit or previous branch; the outlet is connected to indoor unit or next branch. To other manifold pipe or indoor unit Outlet 1 Site pipe Inlet Site pipe Outlet 2 Y-type Manifold Pipe Outdoor unit ,QVWDOODWLRQVSHFL¿FDWLRQVIRUEUDQFKSLSH Placement of branch pipe The branch pipe can only placed horizontally. Meanwhile, two branch pipes must be on the same plane. The spacing between two branch pipes must be over 800mm, the spacing between two bends must be over 800mm, and the spacing between branch pipe and bend point must also be over 800mm. 110 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Enlarged view A Enlarged view B Connection of branch pipe The Y-type branch pipe is installed with additional tube. The purpose is to adjust the different pipe diameters. If the pipe size selected on site is different from the size of branch connector, please use the pipe cutter to cut from the middle of different connection pipes and remove the burrs. Then, insert the copper pipe to appropriate depth. The branch pipes from Gree are all provided with positioning mark. Branch pipe Copper pipe Cut from the middle of copper pipe as needed Do not use the connection method that the copper pipe is cased on branch pipe of smaller diameter. Copper pipe Branch pipe Correct connection Wrong connection 111 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual The copper pipe shall not be inserted into the branch pipe too deep. Copper pipe Branch pipe Correct connection Wrong connection 5.7 Welding of Copper Pipe 5.7.1 Braze welding Materials for braze welding There are two kinds of braze welding, soft braze welding and hard braze welding. Hard braze welding is required in this case. Selection of braze welding 5HGFRSSHUUHGFRSSHUEUD]LQJ¿OOHUPHWDOLV%FX3*%DQGZHOGLQJÀX[LVQRWQHHGHG )ODPHÀX[FDSDEOHRISUHYHQWLQJWKHVXUIDFHRIFRSSHUSLSHVIURPR[LGDWLRQUHFRPPHQGHGIRUXVH Temperature for braze welding:820-860 (copper pipe becomes light red) 5.7.2 Safety acknowledgement before operation D5ROOFDOOLQJRIFRQVWUXFWLRQSHUVRQQHODQGFRQ¿UPDWLRQRQWKHLUKHDOWKVWDWXV b. Acknowledgement on work suits(helmets, clothes, safety bags and safety shoes) c. Description of work location and environment. d. Job division shall be made. Job content, method and order shall be indicated. Risk prediction activities shall be performed. e. “Construction Schedule” shall be worked out. f. Head of each group shall be assigned J5LVNVRIRFFXUUHQFHRIDQDFFLGHQWVXFKDVHOHFWULFVKRFNRU¿UHVKDOOEHLQGLFDWHG h. Instructions on how to use electric machinery properly shall be available. i. Locations marked with “Staff Only” shall be indicated. M$QDSSOLFDWLRQLVQHFHVVDU\IRUXVHRIRSHQÀDPHDQGVKDOOEHUHYLHZHGE\RQVLWHVDIHW\RI¿FHUIRUDSSURYDO N,QVWUXFWLRQVJLYHQE\¿UHDXWKRULWLHVVKDOOEHDFFHSWHGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKORFDOODZVDQGUHJXODWLRQV l. Tools shall be sorted and counted. Upon knocking off for the day, tools shall be sorted and counted. If necessary, the piping system shall be charged with coolant to avoid exhaustion. 6.7.3 Attention D&RQVWUXFWLRQSHUVRQQHOPXVWKDYHUHOHYDQWRSHUDWLRQTXDOL¿FDWLRQ )ODPHRSHUDWLRQPXVWEHXQGHUWDNHQE\TXDOL¿HGSHUVRQVLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKORFDOODZVDQGUHJXODWLRQV b. Wear coveralls (cotton for the best), safety shoes, safety helmet, leather gloves, protective goggles and anti-dust mask. :HOGLQJWRUFKZLWKEDFN¿UHDUUHVWRUVKDOOEHXVHGWRHQVXUHVDIHW\ F7DNHFDUHQRWWREHEXUQHGE\ÀDPHDQGKHDWLQJSDUWV d. Gas cylinder shall be handled carefully to prevent leakage. H&RPEXVWLEOHVXEVWDQFHVLQWKHVXUURXQGLQJDUHDVVKDOOEHPRYHGDZD\,IPRYHPHQWLVLPSRVVLEOH¿UHSURR¿QJ WUHDWPHQWVKDOOEHWDNHQSURSHUO\VXFKDVEHLQJFRYHUHGE\ÀDPHSURRIHQFORVXUH f. Good ventilation is necessary to avoid breathe in of harmful gas. g. Appropriate measures shall be taken if there is a safety problem. h. Operation on connectors of branch pipes as well as on the surrounding of pipe ends shall be performed on the JURXQGDVSRVVLEOHEHFDXVHKHDWLQJLVGLI¿FXOWWRFRQWURODWDKLJKSODFHDQGZHOGHGSDUWRIDEUDQFKSLSHLVSURQHWREH 112 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual melted to cause leakage. For example: Weld the pipe approx. 1m before and behind the reflared position, and wrap with thernal insulation materials. Then, weld on higher position. Approx. 1m Approx. 1m L7RDYRLGWKHSRVLWLRQGLI¿FXOWWRZHOG\RXPD\DGGDSUHIDEULFDWHGDVVHPEO\EHORZ Drainage pipe Difficult to weld at this position 5.7.4 Operation order Basic procedures for welding: Assemble copper pipes Cleaning Check whether clearance is proper. Fill nitrogen ( N 2 ) Itrogen pressure 0.05~0.3Mpa Welding flux Acknowledge welding flux Welding heating Add welding flux Cooling, continue to fill nitrogen for over 10s Shut off nitrogen Make visual inspection to the weld quality 113 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual a. Cleaning of portions for braze welding 3ROLVKLQJ««««««««5HPRYLQJPHWDOPDWHULDOVDWFRQQHFWLRQSRUWLRQ5HPRYLQJR[LGDWLRQ¿OPXVLQJQRQ woven fabric, abrasive cloth or abrasive paper) Ungrease……………………If any oil stain is existent, acetone or spirit solvent shall be used for ungrease treatment. At the same time, compressed air at 0.8MPa (gauge pressure) shall be used for cleaning The cleaning shall be repeated not less than 3 times, until there is no dirt discharged. b. Check whether clearance between pipe and connector is proper. Put the connector into the pipe and face downward. If the connector does not fall down depending on friction force, the clearance is considered proper. F1LWURJHQ¿OOHGSURWHFWLRQ Ɣ6LQFHYLJRURXVR[LGDWLRQZRXOGRFFXURQWKHVXUIDFHRIFRSSHUSLSHDWEUD]HZHOGLQJWHPSHUDWXUHWRHIIHFWLYHO\ UHVWUDLQWKHJHQHUDWLRQRIR[LGHFRDWLQJLQFRSSHUSLSHQLWURJHQ¿OOHGSURWHFWLRQIRUFRSSHUSLSHLVQHFHVVDU\ Ɣ$IWHUFRSSHUSLSHVDUHDVVHPEOHGQLWURJHQVKDOOEH¿OOHGLQFRSSHUSLSHFRQQHFWRUV Ɣ0HWKRGIRUFKDUJLQJQLWURJHQLQWRFRSSHUSLSH Nitrogen charging method: 3UHVVXUHLVNJIFP1LWURJHQIORZRIa/PLQJDVIORZFDQEHVHQVHGE\KDQGVKDOOEHJXDUDQWHHGWR charge in work pieces. $IWHUDVVHPEOLQJQLWURJHQEHJLQVWRFKDUJHXQWLOZHOGLQJLV¿QLVKHGDQGZLOOFRQWLQXHRYHUVGXULQJFRROLQJDIWHU welding. Main points of nitrogen charge(See the drawing below) When nitrogen is charged, the press switch on the quick connector and inflator shall be closed to let nitrogen WRWDOO\¿OOHGLQWKHSLSH Make sure nitrogen reaches all welding connectors in order to effectively discharge air A vent port must be available when nitrogen charge is continuously performed, or otherwise gas would escape IURPJDSDURXQGFRQQHFWRUPDNLQJZHOGLQJVWXI¿QJGLI¿FXOWDQGSURQHWRSRUHV Places requiring protection during welding Nitrogen charge pipe Copper pipe Copper pipe Nitrogen(N 2) Vent port d. Welding heating Notes: Ɣ%UD]HZHOGLQJLVÀDPHKDUGEUD]HZHOGLQJ5HOHYDQWVDIHW\RSHUDWLQJUHJXODWLRQVPXVWEHDELGHGE\ Ɣ&RQ¿UPWKDWQLWURJHQLVÀRZLQJWKURXJKEHIRUHFRSSHUSLSHLVKHDWHG Ɣ1HXWUDOÀDPHRUVOLJKWO\UHGXFLQJÀDPHVKDOOEHXVHGIRUUHGFRSSHUEUD]HZHOGLQJ2XWHUÀDPHLVQRUPDOO\XVHG Copper pipe connectors shall be heated uniformly. Take care to distribute heat in terms of dimension of pipe material. *HQHUDOO\LQVHUWSLSHVKDOOEHSUHKHDWHGDW¿UVWIRUFORVHPDWFKLQJDQGWKHQVZD\HGDORQJOHQJWKRIFRQQHFWRUWRPDNH it heated uniformly until braze welding temperature is approached; then copper pipe is heated circularly to reach braze ZHOGLQJWHPSHUDWXUHFRSSHUSLSHEHFRPHVOLJKWUHGDQGDWWKHVDPHWLPHEUD]LQJ¿OOHUPHWDOLVDGGHGFLUFXODUO\WR¿OOLQ the clearance around the connector uniformly; and afterwards, the welding torch is slowly moved away from the pipe and a VPDOODPRXQWRIEUD]LQJ¿OOHUPHWDOFRQWLQXHVWREH¿OOHGLQXQWLOVPRRWK¿OOHWLVIRUPHG Ɣ'XULQJKHDWLQJZHOGLQJURGVKDOOQRWEHEXUQHGGLUHFWO\E\ÀDPH+HDWLQJWLPHVKDOOQRWEHYHU\ORQJ Ɣ'XULQJZHOGLQJIODPHVKDOOEHFRQWUROOHGZHOORQLWVGLUHFWLRQDQGNHSWDZD\IURPUXEEHUFDVLQJVSRQJHDQG cables. e. Post-welding treatment(cooling) Ɣ$IWHUZHOGLQJLQWKHFRQGLWLRQRIQLWURJHQSURWHFWLRQDYDLODEOHWKHFRQQHFWRUVKDOOEHKHDWHGXQWLOWKHFRSSHUSLSH changes color (200-300 ), i.e. annealing treatment. Ɣ%HIRUHZHOGLQJVHDPEHFRPHVFRPSOHWHO\VROLGL¿HGZHOGHGSLHFHVVKDOOQRWEHPRYHGRUVKRFNHG Ɣ)RUZHOGHGSLHFHFRROHGE\ZDWHUWDNHFDUHQRWWROHWZDWHUHQWHULQWRFRSSHUSLSHDQGWU\WRSUHYHQWUHVLGXHZDWHU 114 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual ÀRZLQJLQWRWKHSLSHZKHQZHOGHGSLHFHLVODLGDVLGH f. Quality and inspection of braze welding Welding seam should have smooth surface. Fillet should be even and full with natural arc transition. Braze welding connector should be free from defects such as over-burning, welding blockage, crack, rough surface of welding seam and EXUQLQJWKURXJK:HOGLQJVHDPVKRXOGEHIUHHIURPGHIHFWVVXFKDVSRUHVODJLQFOXVLRQXQGHU¿OOURVLQMRLQWDQGRYHUODS Weld spot 5.7.5 Others When braze welding is to be performed underneath, a simple support shall be built, such as two ladders. Solder Solder Weld torch Weld torch Solder Weld torch Upward Downward 115 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Cooling o avoid getting a burn in following processes, common wet cloth (humidity content is low, meaning that there shall not be water drips when welded part is cooled; and because shrinkage factor of copper is different from that of welding material, too quick cooling that would cause cracking of braze welding shall be avoided) can be used for cooling welded parts. The following items shall be checked after welding is completed Ɣ,VWKHUHDQ\SRUHRUKROHRQZHOGHGSDUW" Ɣ,VWKHUHHYLGHQW³VDJJLQJRIEUD]LQJ¿OOHUPHWDO´" 5.8 Cleaning of Refrigerant Piping After a section of pipeline is welded, cleaning of piping is necessary. Nitrogen pressure is utilized to remove foreign matters (such as dust, water and beryllium oxide caused by welding) in the piping. 5.8.1 Main purposes of cleaning are as follows 7RHOLPLQDWHR[LGHFDXVHGE\LQVXI¿FLHQF\RIQLWURJHQ¿OOHGSURWHFWLRQGXULQJSLSHZHOGLQJ To remove foreign substances and water that may enter the piping due to improper storage and transport. To check whether big leakage is existent at connections of the piping between indoor unit and outdoor unit 5.8.2 Cleaning steps: a. Mount a pressure gauge on nitrogen cylinder; Nitrogen bottle Indoor unit A Outdoor unit B Liquid pipe Outdoor side Air pipe The opening of the pipe not to be purged shall be blocked with blind plug. E+LJKSUHVVXUHHQGRIWKHSUHVVXUHJDXJHLVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHUHIULJHUDQW¿OOLQJQR]]OHRIWKHVPDOOSLSHOLTXLGSLSH c. All copper pipe ports outside the A side of indoor unit shall be blocked by blanking plugs Copper pipe Blanking plug Block with insulation materials Copper pipe ports not to be cleaned shall be blocked by blanking plugs Quick release Cleaning process d. The valve on nitrogen cylinder shall be opened to maintain pressure at 28Kgf/ cm2 H&KHFNZKHWKHUQLWURJHQÀRZVWKURXJKWKHOLTXLGSLSHRILQGRRUXQLW$ f. Cleaning 7KHPRXWKRIWKHSLSHVKDOOEHEORFNHGZLWKLQVXODWLRQPDWHULDOKHOGE\KDQGXQWLOSUHVVXUHULVHVWRDOHYHOGLI¿FXOW to be withstood, and at the moment the insulation material shall be released quickly. And then the mouth shall be blocked again. Repeat such procedures several times. Afterwards, use a wood board posted with white paper to check it. If there is not evident dirt on the white paper, the pipe will be considered clean. g. Shut off the main valve of nitrogen h. Repeat the above procedures on indoor unit B i. After cleaning of liquid pipe, gas pipe shall be cleaned in the same way. 116 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.9 Pressure Maintaining and Leak Hunting 5.9.1 Pressure maintaining of refrigerant piping After refrigerant piping of a system is welded, $UHIULJHUDQW¿OOLQJQR]]OHVKDOOEHZHOGHGUHVSHFWLYHO\RQWKHELJSLSHDQGRQWKHVPDOOSLSHRQWKHRXWGRRUXQLW side. 3LSHVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHHQGRILQGRRUXQLWDQGRXWGRRUXQLWVKDOOEHFODPSHGWREHÀDWDQGZHOGHGWREHVHDOHG Enter into the step of connection pipe pressure keeping and leak hunting Operating Steps: Complete the installation of piping Pressurization Check pressure drop Finish Locate and repair leakage Pressurization Use nitrogen to add pressure from Freon nozzle of the gas and liquid pipe on outdoor unit side: Step 1: Increase the pressure to 0.3MPa and wait for 3 minutes or longer Step 2: Increase the pressure to 1.5MPa and wait for 3 minutes or longer The step 1 and 2 are focused on checking the significant leakage point. If any, reweld immediately or repair the leakage point. Step 3: Increase the pressure to 2.5MPa and keep it for approx. 24 hours to check the small leakage. 7KRXJKWKHSUHVVXUHLVLQFUHDVHGWR03DLWFDQQRWEHJXDUDQWHHGWR¿QGRXWWKHVPDOOOHDNDJHLIWKHZDLWLQJWLPH is too short. Therefore, the pressure in Step 3 must be kept for 24 hours. Note: During pressure maintaining after nitrogen is filled, the pressure gauge shall not be dismantled, because activities of dismantling or mounting pressure gauge would affect pressure change Check pressure drop Criteria for Inspection eligibility: ([FHSWIRUWHPSHUDWXUHLQÀXHQFHVSUHVVXUHFKDQJHVDERXW03DIRUWHPSHUDWXUHFKDQJHRI ), if pressure drop is not more than 0.02MPa within 24h, the system will be eligible. )RUH[DPSOHQLWURJHQLV¿OOHGWRUHDFK03DDW ; after 24 hours, when temperature becomes 25 , the system will be eligible if pressure is over 2.43 MPa and ineligible below 2.43 MPa. If ineligible, leak sources must be located. After leak sources are found, re-welding or repair welding is necessary. 7KHQWKHDERYHSURFHGXUHVVKDOOEHUHSHDWHG1LWURJHQLV¿OOHGSUHVVXUL]HGDQGPDLQWDLQHGXQWLOSUHVVXUHGURSUHPDLQV within required range. Leak check [Check 1] When pressure drop is found, leak hunting shall be performed in the ways as follows: a. By ears…….to listen voices related to leakage b. By hands……to sense whether leakage is existent at connecting parts >&KHFN@,IQROHDNDJHLVIRXQGXVLQJWKHDERYHPHWKRGVQLWURJHQVKDOOEHGLVFKDUJHGDQGUHIULJHUDQWVKDOOEH¿OOHG in to reach 0.5MPa a. By soap and water……soap bubbles will show leakage positions if any. b. Detector (such as halide detector) can be used for leak hunting. Using the above methods, check all possible leak sources. If leakage still fails to be located, sectional check shall be taken for refrigerant piping that would be divided into multiple check portions for locating leak source in a certain section. 117 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.9.2 Pressure maintaining and leak hunting of the system(with refrigerant piping in connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit) When refrigerant piping is to be installed, pressure maintaining and leak hunting is required for the piping. After refrigerant piping is in connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit, pressure maintaining and leak hunting is also required. The purpose of the test is to check whether any leak is existent at threaded connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit and at new welded points. Steps: 1LWURJHQLVFKDUJHGWRUHDFK03DDQGUHPDLQVDWWKHSUHVVXUHIRUKQLWURJHQVKDOOEH¿OOHGIURPUHIULJHUDQW ¿OOLQJQR]]OHVDWWKHELJYDOYHDVZHOODVWKHVPDOOYDOYHXVLQJDSUHVVXUHJDXJHGXULQJSUHVVXUHPDLQWDLQLQJDIWHUQLWURJHQ is charged, the pressure gauge shall not be dismantled.) Observe whether pressure changes in 24 hours. (for eligibility criteria, see pressure maintaining and leak hunting of refrigerant piping in 5.5.2) If any leakage, please check threaded connections and new welded spots of indoor unit and outdoor unit. Repair welding shall be performed immediately. Afterwards, pressure maintaining is repeated until eligibility is reached. 5.9.3 Cautions a. The pressure meter range of R410A system should be more than 4.5MPa. b. Record the pressure, ambient temperature and testing hours. F3UHVVXUHPRGL¿FDWLRQZKHQWKHWHPSHUDWXUHFKDQJHVIRU , the pressure will change for 0.01MPa. d. The pressure should be stable. e. If it is necessary to retain the pressure, the pressure should be decreased to 0.5MPa or below. The long-time high pressure may lead to leak of soldering spot, which may cause safety problem. f. Before completion of airtight test for refrigerant pipe, do not wrap the soldering spot or horn mouth connecting spot. During pressurizing, pressurize the outdoor side pipe at the same time instead of pressurizing only one side pipe. Note: Before completion of airtight test for refrigerant pipe, do not wrap the soldering spot. 5.10 Heat Preservation of Refrigerant Piping 5.10.1 Connection of thermal insulation pipe &DUU\RXWWKHUPDOLQVXODWLRQWRWKHUHIULJHUDQWSLSHDIWHUFRQ¿UPLQJWKDWLWKDVQROHDNDJH Please perform thermal insulation to the refrigerant pipe according to the steps below: Check if the thermal insulation pipe has met the thickness requirements. If not, the condensing water is easy to DWWDFKRQWKHUPDOLQVXODWLRQSLSHDQG¿QDOO\GULSV7KHWKLFNQHVVUHTXLUHPHQWVDUHVKRZQEHORZ Refrigerant Pipe (mm) (Outer Dia. x Thickness) Thickness of Thermal Insulation Materials (mm ĭî ĭî ĭî ĭî ĭî ĭî ĭî ĭî ĭî Wrap the refrigerant pipe according to required thickness. The clearance between thermal insulation pipes shall be sealed with self-adhesive sticker. 118 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Wrap the thermal insulation pipes with tapes, thus to extend their ageing time 5.10.2 Cautions: The thermal insulation materials shall be able to withstand the pipe temperature. For heat pump unit, it is required to withstand a temperature not lower than 70 on liquid pipe side and not lower than 120 on gas pipe side. For coolingonly unit, it is required to withstand a temperature not lower than 70 on both liquid pipe side and gas pipe side. Example: Heat resistant PVC foam (over 120 ); Foam PVC (over 100 ) The connector between indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be wrapped with thermal insulation materials, and shall have no clearance to the wall on which the outdoor unit is mounted, as shown below. 1R*Dp When wrapping the thermal insulation tape, each circle shall suppress half of the previous circle. To avoid reducing the thermal isolation effect, do not wrap the tapes too tight. After completing the protection work and wrapping the pipes, use the sealing materials to block the holes in the wall. 5.11 Vacuum Pumping 5.11.1 Purposes of vacuum pumping Discharge air and nitrogen in the piping to obtain vacuum state. Vacuum is dry, capable to remove moisture in the system. Under atmospheric pressure, the boiling point of water is 100 . But with increased vacuum degree created by vacuum pump, the boiling point rapidly reduces. If boiling point reduces below ambient temperature, moisture in piping will be evaporated. If vacuum is 0Kgf/cm2of absolute pressure (gauge pressure is -1Kgf/cm2), moisture in the system can be evaporated totally 5.11.2 Selection of vacuum pump Proper vacuum pumps must be selected before vacuum pumping. Insufficient capacity of selected vacuum pump would lead to overtime of vacuum pumping and fall short of the requirement for vacuum degree. A proper vacuum pump can obtain vacuum degree of 0Kgf/cm2 (gauge pressure -1 Kgf/cm2) after vacuum pumping. Features of a vacuum pump shall be determined by two factors as follows: Selection of a pump that can meet expected requirement (i.e. gauge pressure of -0.1MPa shall be obtained) ([KDXVWÀRZLVKLJKRYHU/PLQ The following vacuum pumps are recommended Model Maximum vacuum air displacement Lubricant shaft pump Non-lubricant shaft pump Use Air discharge Vacuum drying 100L/min Suitable Suitable 50L/min Suitable Suitable Unit Standard air pressure Vacuum degree Relative pressure kg/cm2 0 -1.033 Absolute pressure kg/cm2 1.033 0 mmHg mmHg 0 -755 Comparison table of different pressure units is as follows: 119 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.11.3 Vacuum pumping The steps are as follows: a. Expel the nitrogen after leakage detection; Connect the pressure gauge to Freon nozzle on outdoor liquid valve and gas valve, and connect a vacuum pump. Then, establish vacuum simultaneously from high pressure side and low pressure side. Pressure gauge connector valve Connector on gas side Connector on liquid side Vacuum pump Start the vacuum pump and turn on “LO” and “HI” knobs; b. Continue for 0.5~1.0 hour after the vacuum level reaches -0.1MPa (gauge pressure -1kgf/cm2). Then, close the “VH” knob on high pressure end and “VL” knob on low pressure end to stop the vacuum pump. c. Remove the hose connected to vacuum pump and reconnect it to the refrigerant tank. Expel the air in the hose. Open the “VL” knob on low pressure end to charge refrigerant to the system piping. When the pressure reaches 0.0kgf/ cm2, close the “VL” knob on low pressure end. d. Remove the hose connected to refrigerant tank and reconnect it to vacuum pump. Start the vacuum pump and open the “VH” knob on high pressure end. Pump for 30 minutes from high pressure end and then open the “VL” knob to pump from low pressure end, until the vacuum level reaches -0.1MPa (gauge pressure -1kgf/cm2). If the vacuum level reaches -0.1MPa (gauge pressure) or lower, the vacuuming process is then ended. Stop the vacuum pump and place still for 1 hour. Then, check the vacuum level for any change. In case of any change, it indicates that there is leakage. In this case, proceed to leakage detection and repair. H:KHQWKHSURFHGXUHVIRUYDFXXPSXPSLQJDUH¿QLVKHGUHIULJHUDQWVKDOOEHFKDUJHG 5.12 Refrigerant Charge 5.12.1 Calculation method for refrigerant charging 5HIULJHUDQWVKDOOEHFKDUJHGDFFRUGLQJWRFDOFXODWHGDPRXQWVSHFL¿HGLQHQJLQHHULQJGUDZLQJV Method for calculation of added refrigerant volume (based on liquid pipe) 0DVVRIUHIULJHUDQWWREHFKDUJHG OHQJWKRIOLTXLGSLSHîUHIULJHUDQWFKDUJHDPRXQWRIHYHU\PHWHURIOLTXLGSLSH Amount of refrigerant charge for every meter of liquid pipe(kg/m) ĭ ĭ ĭ ĭ ĭ ĭ 0.35 0.25 0.17 0.11 0.054 0.022 Note: a. Standard pipe length is 15m. If refrigerant piping (L) is shorter than or equal to 15m, no additional refrigerant is needed If piping is longer than 15m (based on liquid pipe), more refrigerant shall be added. The above table shows how much refrigerant shall be charged for every one additional meter of piping. b. Electronic balance shall be used for refrigerant charge. c. Thickness of pipe wall shall be 0.5~1.0mm and pressure-bearing capability shall be 3.0MPa. d. The longer the piping, the more refrigerating capacity and heating capacity shall be weakened. 120 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5.12.2 Steps of refrigerant charge are as follows: a. The connecting hose of refrigerant cylinder shall be connected to the connector of the pressure gauge. The valve VH shall be opened to discharge air in the hose. Then, the high pressure end of the pressure gauge shall be connected to the UHIULJHUDQW¿OOLQJQR]]OHRQWKHVPDOOYDOYHRIRXWGRRUXQLW Pressure gauge connector valve Refrigerant cylinder Gas liquid Spring balance VH VL Connector on gas side Connector on liquid side E2SHQSUHVVXUHJDXJHYDOYH9+WKHQ¿OOOLTXLGVWDWHUHIULJHUDQWLQWRWKHOLTXLGSLSHVLGHXQWLOUHTXLUHGDPRXQWLV reached. If refrigerant can not be charged in system unless the unit is turned on, let the system run at full-load cooling mode. 2SHQ9+DQGGLVFKDUJHDLULQWKHKRVH7KHKLJKSUHVVXUHHQGRISUHVVXUHJDXJHLVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHUHIULJHUDQW¿OOLQJ nozzle on the small valve of outdoor unit. Open VL and charge gas state refrigerant into the gas pipe until required charging amount is reached. c. Observe electronic balance or spring balance. When required amount is reached, the valve shall be closed very quickly and then source valve on the refrigerant valve shall be shut off d. The amount of charging refrigerant shall be recorded. Refrigerant charge shall be recorded as per the following table. Unit Mark Amount of charging refrigerant(kg) Unit 1 Unit2 ……… Unitn 121 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PIPE 6.1Material Quality Requirements for Condensate Pipe Generally, the condensate pipe shall be water supply U-PVC pipe, adhered by using special glue. The other materials available include: PP-R pipe, PP-C pipe and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe. It is not allowed to use aluminum plastic composite pipe. 6.2 Key Points for Condensate Pipe Installation 6.2.1 Work Order Installation of indoor unit Sheathing of thermal insulation pipe on condensate pipe Connection of drainage pipe Water test Thermal insulation of drainage pipe 6.2.2 Determine the direction and elevation of condensate pipe before installation. To ensure the gradient smooth and VWUDLJKWDYRLGLQWHUVHFWLQJZLWKRWKHUSLSHOLQHV7KHKHLJKWRIWKHFODPS¿[LQJWKHSLSHKDQJHUIUDPHVKDOOEHDGMXVWDEOH DQG¿[HGIURPWKHRXWHURIWKHUPDOLQVXODWLRQ 6.2.3 Distance between hanger frames: ɮ Outer diameter of water pipe (mm) Spacing between horizontal pipes (mm) 25 32 800 ɮ 25 1000 Spacing between standpipes (mm) 1500 ɮ 32 1500 2000 Each standpipe shall have two hanger frames at least. 6.2.4 The gradient of condensate pipe shall be over 1% and the gradient of main pipe shall not be less than 0.3%, while there shall be no overhanging slope. (1cm/1m) Over 1/100 6.2.5 When connecting the 3-way section of condensate pipe, the 2-way straight section on 3-way pipe shall be on the same gradient. The two ends of 2-way section shall not have different gradient. See the schematics below: Wrong connection Correct connection &RQÀXHQFHWRZDUGWKHKRUL]RQWDOSLSHVKDOOEHEHVWIURPWKHXSSHU%DFNÀRZLVHDV\WRRFFXULIIURPWKHOHQJWKZLVH direction. Indoor Unit Mounting of horizontal pipe Main pipe 122 Main pipe Main pipe DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.2.7 Do not tie the condensate pipe and refrigerant pipe together. 6.2.8 To ensure smooth drainage of condensate, a vent hole shall be set at the highest point of drainage pipe. 6.2.9 Carry out water flow test and full water test after the pipe connection is completed. On one hand, check if the drainage is smooth; on another hand, check the piping system for any leakage. 6.2.10 Steel sheath shall be provided to the pipe crossing the wall or slab. The pipe joint shall not be positioned within the VKHDWK7KHVWHHOVKHDWKVKDOOEHÀXVKZLWKWKHZDOOVXUIDFHRUVODEEDVHEXWPPKLJKHUWKDQWKHVODEEDVH7KHVKHDWK VKDOOQRWDIIHFWWKHSLSHJUDGLHQW7KHFOHDUDQFHEHWZHHQSLSHDQGVKHDWKVKDOOEHEORFNHGE\XVLQJÀH[LEOHLQÀDPPDEOH materials. The sheath shall not be used as the supporting point of the pipe. 6.2.11The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing. 6.2.12 Ensure a gradient over 1% when connecting the drainage pipe to the indoor unit. Gradient over 1/100 :KHQFRQQHFWLQJWKHGUDLQDJHSLSHWRWKHLQGRRUXQLWSOHDVH¿[ZLWKWKHLQFOXGHGSLSHFODPSDQGGRQRWXVHJOXH water, thus to ensure easy repair. 6.2.14 Installation requirements for auxiliary drainage pipe Pipe clamp Drainage PVC pipe Unit drainage pipe Drainage hose The auxiliary drainage pipe must be thermally insulated: Thermal insulation of condensate pipe Pipe cover 123 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7KHORQJGUDLQDJHSLSHPD\EH¿[HGE\XVLQJKDQJHUEROWVWKXVWRHQVXUHDJUDGLHQWRI39&FDQQRWEHEHQW The spacing between the supports of horizontal pipe is 0.8-1.0m. Twisting will be caused and thus air bag will be formed if the spacing is too high. Once the air bag is formed, the pump can only compress the air bag no matter how IRUFLEOHLWSXVKHVEXWWKHUHLVQRÀRZLQJZDWHUWKXVUHVXOWLQJLQDEQRUPDOZDWHUOHYHO7KLVZLOOFDXVHÀRRGLQJRIWKH ceiling. ,IWKHDLUÀRZRILQGRRUXQLWLVKLJKWKLVPLJKWFDXVHQHJDWLYHSUHVVXUHDQGUHVXOWLQUHWXUQVXFWLRQRIRXWGRRUDLU Therefore, U-type water trap shall be designed on the drainage side of each indoor unit. H/2 H Indoor unit. Install water trap as shown below; Install one water trap for each unit. Installation of water trap shall consider easy cleaning in the future. Joint Indoor unit. Joint 124 Indoor unit. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.2.17 Connection of drainage branch pipe to the standpipe or horizontal pipe of drainage main pipe. The horizontal pipe cannot be connected to the vertical pipe at a same height. It can be connected in a manner as shown below: N01: 3-way connection of drainage pipe joint 3-way connection of drainage pipe joint NO2: Connection of drain elbow Connection of drain elbow NO3: Connection of horizontal pipe Connection of horizontal pipe Drainage pipe is requisite for air conditioner unit. During cooling, the moisture in the air will condense on the surface of evaporator. Such condensing water must be drained out of the unit. Meanwhile, the drainage pipe has an important role to determine if the air conditioner can plays its full functions. 6.2.18 All the condensate pipes must be installed at a distance over 500mm from the electric box of the unit. 6.3 Test for Condensate Pipe The water test for condensate pipe includes closed water test and drainage test. The closed water test is focused on checking if the drainage pipe system is well sealed and if there is any leakage. The drainage test is focused on checking if the drainage pipe system can drain water smoothly and thoroughly and ensuring that there is no water deposit (except the specially designed water trap). $IWHUFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHGUDLQDJHSLSHLVFRPSOHWHG¿UVWO\FDUU\RXWFORVHGZDWHUWHVW6HDOWKHRXWOHWRIGUDLQDJHSLSH ZLWKDGKHVLYHWDSHRUSOXJ7KHQ¿OOZDWHULQWRWKHGUDLQDJHSLSHV\VWHPIRUPLQGRRUXQLWVLGH6WRS¿OOLQJDIWHUHQVXULQJ WKDWDOOWKHGUDLQDJHSLSHVDUH¿OOHGZLWKZDWHU$IWHUKRXUVFKHFNDOOWKHMRLQWVRIZDWHUSLSHIRUDQ\OHDNDJH,IDQ\ repair and reinstall. If no leakage, proceed to drainage test. Remove the adhesive tape or plug from the drainage pipe. Check the water tray and drainage pipe of indoor unit if the drainage is thorough and if there is any water deposit. If any, readjust it. If not, complete the water test and proceed to the thermal insulation on all pipe joints. 6.4 Requirements of Heat preservation Heat Insulation Materials The thermal insulation material of obturator foam shall be used. Fireproof level: B1. The thermal conductivity shall not be higher than 0.035w/ (m·k) when the average temperature is 0 . 125 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Thickness of thermal insulation layer The thickness of thermal insulation layer on condensate pipe shall be over 10mm. The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing. Thermal insulation is not required for the outdoor section of condensate pipe. 7 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 7.1 Precautions for Electrical Installation The wiring must be in accordance with the local rules. Rated supply voltage and special circuit for air conditioner must be used. Do not pull the power cord. All the electric installations must be carried out by specialist technicians in accordance with the local laws, rules and these instructions. 7KHGLDPHWHURIÀH[LEOHZLUHVKRXOGEHZLGHHQRXJK5HSODFHWKHGDPDJHGSRZHUFRUGDQGFRQQHFWLQJZLUHZLWK VSHFLDOÀH[LEOHZLUH The earthing shall be reliable and connected to the special earthing device on the construction. The installation must be done by specialist technicians. The leak protection switch and air switch with enough capacity must be installed. The air switch shall have both the magnetic tripping and thermal tripping functions to ensure protection against the short circuit and overload. Ɣ(DUWKHG5HTXLUHPHQWV The air conditioner belongs to I type electric appliances. The reliable earthed action is a must. The yellow and green wire inside the air conditioner is the earthed wire. Do not use it for other purpose or even cut RIILW'RQRW¿[LWZLWKWDSSLQJVFUHZ2WKHUZLVHLWPD\FDXVHHOHFWULFVKRFN The earthed resistance must meet the requirements of national stansard GB17790. There should be reliable earthed terminal for the power supply. Never connect the earth lead to the following articles: ķ water pipe; ĸ gas pipe; Ĺ drain pipe; ĺ unreliable place considered by professionals. 6SHFL¿FDWLRQV2I3RZHU&RUG&LUFXLW%UHDNHU Type HP Numbe Model Power Total vacuum switch capacity Vacuum switch for each combination unit Total power wire diameter Wire diameter for each combination unit 8 GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 32 32 6.0 6.0 10 GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 32 32 6.0 6.0 12 GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 40 40 10.0 10.0 14 GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 40 40 10.0 10.0 16 GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 40 40 10.0 10.0 18 GMV-Pdm504W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 63 32+32 16.0 6.0+6.0 20 GMV-Pdm560W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 63 32+32 16.0 6.0+6.0 22 GMV-Pdm615W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 63 32+40 25.0 6.0+10.0 24 GMV-Pdm670W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 80 32+40 25.0 6.0+10.0 26 GMV-Pdm730W/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 80 32+40 25.0 6.0+10.0 28 GMV-Pdm785W2/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 80 40+40 25.0 10.0+10.0 30 GMV-Pdm850W2/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 80 40+40 25.0 10.0+10.0 32 GMV-Pdm900W2/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 80 40+40 25.0 10.0+10.0 34 GMV-Pdm950W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 32+32+40 35.0 6.0+6.0+10.0 36 GMV-Pdm1008W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 32+32+40 35.0 6.0+6.0+10.0 126 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 38 GMV-Pdm1065W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 32+40+40 35.0 6.0+10.0+10.0 40 GMV-Pdm1130W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 32+40+40 35.0 6.0+10.0+10.0 42 GMV-Pdm1180W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 32+40+40 35.0 6.0+10.0+10.0 44 GMV-Pdm1235W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 40+40+40 35.0 10.0+10.0+10.0 46 GMV-Pdm1300W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 40+40+40 35.0 10.0+10.0+10.0 48 GMV-Pdm1350W3/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 125 40+40+40 35.0 10.0+10.0+10.0 50 GMV-Pdm1405W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 32+32+40+40 35.0 6.0+6.0+10.0+10.0 52 GMV-Pdm1456W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 32+32+40+40 50.0 6.0+6.0+10.0+10.0 54 GMV-Pdm1512W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 32+40+40+40 50.0 6.0+10.0+10.0+10.0 56 GMV-Pdm1570W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 32+40+40+40 50.0 6.0+10.0+10.0+10.0 58 GMV-Pdm1650W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 32+40+40+40 50.0 6.0+10.0+10.0+10.0 60 GMV-Pdm1700W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 40+40+40+40 50.0 10.0+10.0+10.0+10.0 62 GMV-Pdm1750W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 40+40+40+40 50.0 10.0+10.0+10.0+10.0 64 GMV-Pdm1800W4/NaB-M 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 160 40+40+40+40 50.0 10.0+10.0+10.0+10.0 7.3 Wiring Sketch Map 7.3.1Wiring Sketch Map between Outdoor Unit The indoor and outdoor unit is energized separately. 1 2 N Max. 4 sets Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Electric box Outdoor unit Electric box Communication wire Terminal Board CN18 Main board Terminal Board L1 L2 L3 N To 1 # indoor unit of group 1 Adaptor CN1 board Terminal Board To 2 # indoor unit of group 1 L1 L2 L3 N Adaptor CN1 board Communication wire Adaptor CN1 board Communication wire L1 L2 L3 N CN18 L1 L2 L3 N Main board Communication wire 3N~380V 50Hz QF CN17 Power supply CN18 Electric box Main board To n # indoor unit of group 1 The part with dotted line is for the on-site wiring of the customer. The power wire diameter and the other specific parameter please see the installation manual. The mainboard of outdoor units include the module address and transfer address need to confirm at the work site and dial-up. Each outdoor unit module can connect maximum 16 indoor units, yet need to confirm on the work site. Each outdoor unit module can connect maximum 16 indoor units as one communication unit. 127 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7.3.2Wiring Sketch Map between Indoor Unit Indoor unit A Outdoor unit 2-core communication line Terminal board Indoor unit B 2-core communication line Terminal board Indoor unit N Wiring (resistor matching) 2-core communication line Terminal board Terminal board L1 L2 L3 N Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply 3N~380V 50Hz 3N~380V 50Hz 3N~380V 50Hz 3N~380V 50Hz Note: the diagram is our single-phase indoor unit, the power supply wiring is subject to the actual condition if there is 3-phase indoor unit. Notes: a.The last indoor unit requires to install another communication line as wiring (resistor matching); b.Both the communication lines of outdoor units and indoor units are cascade connection. c.Connect the communication lines of indoor units and out units according to the above diagram. 7.3.3 Connection of communication line 7.3.3.1 Communication of GREE D.C. inverter units includes: 1).Communication between outdoor unit and indoor unit; 2).Communication among indoor units; 3).Communication among outdoor units (modules combination); 4).Communication among patch boards of outdoor units (when the patch boards need to be added.). 5).Communication Connection Diagram The communication among modules is connecting in engineering installation Driving board of compressor Mainboard Mainboard Driving board of fan Patch boardP Driving board of compressor Driving board of fan Module 1 atch board Module 2 The communication between indoor unit and patch board and the communication among indoor units are connecting in engineering installation Mainboard of indoor unit 128 Mainboard of indoor unit Mainboard of indoor unit Mainboard of indoor unit DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7.3.3.2 Communication Mode of GREE D.C. Inverter Units 1). All communication modes are 485 communications. 1HWZRUN RI LQGRRU XQLWV RXWGRRU XQLW ĸĺLQGRRU XQLW WR LQGRRU XQLWĸĺSLQ WZLVWHG ZLUH LV DSSOLHG IRU communication among indoor units and its both ends are 3-pin XH plugs.(2nd and 3rd positions are applied and shall be corresponding). 1HWZRUNRIRXWGRRUXQLWVPRGXOHĸĺSLQWZLVWHGZLUHLVDSSOLHGIRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQDPRQJLQGRRUXQLWVDQG its both ends are 4-pin XH plugs(2nd and 3rd positions are applied and shall be corresponding). 7.3.3.3 Communication Address Setting Communication address setting includes: address setting of indoor units, address setting of wired controller, address setting of communication of outdoor units,qty setting of outdoor modules and address setting of communication of patch boards. 7.3.4 Connection of Communication System. 7.3.4.1 Communication among modules is realized by communication wire on mainboard of each module. Directly connect mainboard by 2-pin and 4-port communication wire to realize communication among outdoor modules. The communication interface ports on mainboard are CN16, CN17 and CN18,each of which are available. 2 NO.1 MODULAR ON 1 DIP 2 3 ON 4 1 Capacity code SW1 ON 2 1 ON 1 2 Address code SW3 Qty code SW2 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit NO.2 MODULAR Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B CN11 CN12 A CN13 B ON DIP 2 3 Address code S2 Pinboard 1 CN3 CN2 A B ON DIP Communication inerface CN1 1 2 CN3 CN2 Mian board of out unit Address code S2 A B Communication inerface Pinboard 2 A B 1 CN1 2 Qty code SW2 CN11 CN12 A CN13 B 4 1 Communication inerface To next modular 4 2 3 Address code S2 A B 1 2 Address code SW3 Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B ON DIP Communication inerface 3 4 ON Communication inerface 2 1 Inverter drive plate inside the unit 2 3 ON Capacity code SW1 A B CN1 or COM-OUT3 Communication inerface 4 2 A CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface Inverter drive plate inside the unit DIP Pinboard 3 CN3 CN2 A B Communication inerface CN1 A B Communication inerface 2 2 No.1 Indoor to indoor communiction 1 2 2 No.n(16max) No.2 2 No.1 Indoor to indoor communiction 2 2 No.n(16max) No.2 129 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7.3.4.2 Communication between indoor unit and outdoor unit is realized by connecting mainboard of indoor unit and patch board of outdoor unit. 1) When there is only one outdoor module,and also, the qty of indoor units is less than 16, the outdoor unit connect with indoor unit by communication wire which directly connect patchboard of outdoor unit to mainboard of indoor unit. Communication wire is 2-pin twisted wire and its both ends are 3-pin XH plugs(2nd and 3rd positions are applied and shall be corresponding) SINGLE MODULAR Capacity code SW1 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit Address code SW3 Qty code SW2 CN11 CN12 A CN13 B Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B 4 2 A CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface Inverter drive plate inside the unit Communication interface port CN1 of pinboards ON DIP CN3 CN2 A B Communication inerface Address code S2 Pinboard 1 CN1 A B Communication inerface Communication between the indoor and the outdoor 2 Indoor to indoor communiction No.1 130 No.2 No.n(16max) DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2) When there is only one outdoor module and also, the qty of indoor units is more than 16 but less than 32, one patch board shall be added to outdoor unit, which can connect up to 16 sets of indoor units. The corresponding port of patch board is CN1. SINGLE MODULAR ON DIP Capacity code SW1 ON Qty code SW2 Address code SW3 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit CN11 CN12 A CN13 B A Inverter drive plate inside the unit ON DIP Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B ON DIP CN3 CN2 CN3 CN2 A B Communication inerface 4 2 CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface Communication interface port CN1 of pinboards ON A B Address code S2 Pinboard 2 CN1 Communication between the indoor and the outdoor A B Communication inerface Communication inerface Address code S2 Pinboard 1 CN1 Indoor to indoor communiction No.1 No.2 No.n(16max) A B Communication inerface Communication between the indoor and the outdoor Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 2 Indoor to indoor communiction No.1 No.2 No.n(16max) Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 131 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3) When the qty of outdoor units is more than 2 and the the qty of indoor units is not more than 16 sets, the indoor to outdoor communication is realized by connecting one indoor unit to a patch board of one outdoor module. 2 NO.1 MODULAR ON 1 DIP 2 3 ON 4 1 Capacity code SW1 ON 2 ON DIP 2 3 Address code S2 Pinboard 1 Communication between the outdoor and the indoor CN3 CN2 A B A B CN1 or COM-OUT3 Communication inerface ON DIP Communication inerface CN1 1 2 Pinboard 2 A B Communication inerface Address code S2 A B Communication inerface 2 3 ON 4 1 CN1 A B Communication inerface ON 2 Qty code SW2 Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B Communication inerface Mian board of out unit 1 2 Address code SW3 CN11 CN12 A CN13 B 4 4 ON DIP 1 2 3 Address code S2 Pinboard 3 CN3 CN2 A B Communication inerface CN1 A B Communication inerface 2 2 Indoor to indoor communiction 1 No.2 Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 2 No.n(16max) 132 CN3 CN2 3 DIP Capacity code SW1 2 1 No.1 Inverter drive plate inside the unit 4 2 Inverter drive plate inside the unit 1 1 2 Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B CN11 CN12 A CN13 B A CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface ON Address code SW3 Qty code SW2 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit NO.2 MODULAR It is acceptable to connect with pinboard of other module. To next modular DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4) When the qty of outdoor units is more than 2 and the the qty of indoor units is not more than (N×16)sets, there is no need for adding patch board. The qty if indoor units connected by each patch board shall be not more than 16 sets. The corresponding interface port of patch board is CN1. 2 NO.1 MODULAR ON 1 DIP 2 3 ON 4 1 Capacity code SW1 ON 2 ON 1 1 2 Address code SW3 Qty code SW2 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit NO.2 MODULAR Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B CN11 CN12 A CN13 B 1 2 3 Address code S2 Pinboard 1 Communication between the outdoor and the indoor CN3 CN2 A B ON DIP Communication inerface CN1 1 2 CN3 CN2 Address code S2 A B Communication inerface CN1 2 1 2 Address code SW3 Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B 4 A B 1 2 CN3 CN2 A B Communication inerface 3 Address code S2 A B To next modular 4 ON DIP Communication inerface Pinboard 2 1 Qty code SW2 CN11 CN12 A CN13 B Mian board of out unit Communication inerface 3 4 ON Communication inerface 2 ON DIP Inverter drive plate inside the unit 2 3 ON Capacity code SW1 A B CN1 or COM-OUT3 Communication inerface 4 2 A CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface Inverter drive plate inside the unit DIP CN1 A B Communication inerface Pinboard 3 2 2 Indoor to indoor communiction 1 No.1 2 Added pinboards No.n(16max) No.2 Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 2 No.1 Indoor to indoor communiction 2 2 No.n(16max) No.2 Communication between the indoor and the outdoor Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 2 No.1 Communication between the indoor and the outdoor Indoor to indoor communiction 3 2 No.n(16max) No.2 Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 133 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2 NO.1 MODULAR ON 1 DIP 2 3 ON 4 1 Capacity code SW1 ON 2 1 ON 1 2 Address code SW3 Qty code SW2 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit NO.2 MODULAR Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B CN11 CN12 A CN13 B 1 2 3 Address code S2 Pinboard 1 Communication between the outdoor and the indoor CN3 CN2 A B ON DIP Communication inerface CN1 1 2 CN3 CN2 Address code S2 A B Communication inerface Pinboard 2 CN1 2 No.1 2 A B Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B 1 2 CN3 CN2 A B Communication inerface 3 Address code S2 A B To next modular 4 ON DIP Communication inerface 1 2 Address code SW3 4 CN1 A B Communication inerface Pinboard 3 2 Indoor to indoor communiction 1 1 Qty code SW2 CN11 CN12 A CN13 B Mian board of out unit Communication inerface 3 4 ON Communication inerface 2 ON DIP Inverter drive plate inside the unit 2 3 ON Capacity code SW1 A B CN1 or COM-OUT3 Communication inerface 4 2 A CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface Inverter drive plate inside the unit DIP Communication between the outdoor and the indoor 2 No.n(16max) No.2 Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 2 Communicatin interface port CN1 of pinboards No.1 Indoor to indoor communiction 2 2 No.n(16max) No.2 Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 5) When the qty of outdoor units is more than 2 and the the qty of indoor units is more than (N×16)sets, X sets of the patch board shall be added for outdoor untis, X= [total indoor units qty-(N×16)]/16. The qty if indoor units connected by each patch board shall be not more than 16 sets. The corresponding interface port of patch board is CN1. 7.3.4.3 Each module is equipped with one patch board to connect maximum 16 sets of indoor units. The calculation of qty of patch boards: Qty= the total amount of indoor units in a same refrigerating system/16; When the one patch board equipped is not enough, patch boards shall be added and maximum 8 patch boards can be connected in a system. Eg: There are 2 outdoor modules and each one equips with a patch board which can maximum connect 16 sets of indoor units. So there are 32 sets of inddor units can be connected. There are 45 indoor units actually so the following qty of patch boards shall be added :(45-32)/16=0.81. That means one patch board shall be added. 7.3.4.4 When extra patch board shall be added, the added patch board can directly connect with the original patch board. 134 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7.3.4.5 Connection of Indoor to Indoor Communication The connection of communication among indoor units is limited in the network of the same patch board which can connect maximum 16 sets of indoor units. SINGLE MODULAR ON DIP Capacity code SW1 ON ON Qty code SW2 Address code SW3 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit ON DIP Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B CN11 CN12 A CN13 B A ON DIP CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface CN3 CN2 A B Communiation line 2 of indoor units Communication inerface 4 2 CN3 CN2 A B Address code S2 Pinboard 2 CN1 Communication between the indoor and the outdoor A B Communication inerface Indoor to indoor communiction Communication inerface Address code S2 Inverter drive plate inside the unit Pinboard 1 CN1 No.1 No.n(16max) No.2 A B Communication inerface Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 Communication between the indoor and the outdoor 2 Communiation line 1 of indoor units Indoor to indoor communiction No.1 No.n(16max) No.2 Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 SINGLE MODULAR ON DIP Capacity code SW1 ON ON Qty code SW2 Address code SW3 Communication inerface Mian board of out unit CN11 CN12 A CN13 B A Inverter drive plate inside the unit ON DIP CN3 CN2 CN3 CN2 A B Communication inerface 4 2 CN1 or B COM-OUT3 Communication inerface ON DIP Communication inerface CN16 CN17 A CN18 B A B Address code S2 Pinboard 2 CN1 Communication between the indoor and the outdoor A B Communication inerface Communication inerface Address code S2 Pinboard 1 CN1 Indoor to indoor communiction No.1 No.2 No.n(16max) A B Communication inerface Communication between the indoor and the outdoor Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 2 Indoor to indoor communiction No.1 No.2 No.n(16max) Communication among different pinboard is prohibited Qty of indoor unit is less than or equial to 16 135 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7.4 Dial-up of Unit The DC inverter GMV unit of Gree is provided with three dial-ups, i.e. address dial-up, capacity dial-up and function dial-up. Adjust the function dial-up to set control, mode and function; Adjust the address dial-up to set the corresponding relationship of indoor unit and wired controller; Adjust the capacity dial-up to set capacity demand of indoor unit. 7.4.1 Function Dial-up Caution! Functional dial switch S7 is located on the mainboard of the indoor unit. It is operated when the user need to change the default setting. Functional dial switch S7 Dial-up Switch Functional Description: 1(S / R) Setting of memory mode Dial-up Setting 0 (ON Position) 1 Standby (S) Restore (R) 2(L / I) Setting of control mode Wired control (L) Remote control (I) 3(M / S) Setting of master / slave indoor unit Master indoor unit (M) Slave indoor unit (S) 4(I / O) Setting of ambient temperature acquisition point Air inlet (I) Receiver (O) 5(L / H) Setting of high / low static pressure fan Low static pressure (L) High static(H) Functional description of function dial-up: Dial-up switch 1 (S/R): Setting of memory mode, including the standby mode and restoration mode. The standby mode refers to that the previous parameters will be kept but the unit will not run automatically after the power supply is resumed. This setting is factory defaulted (dial-up switch pulled to “ON” position). For example, if the parameters of an indoor unit set before power shutdown are High Fan and 24 , the unit will be under standby state after the power supply is resumed and after the unit is manually started, the parameters will remain as High Fan and 24 . The restoration mode refers to that not only the previous parameters will be kept, but also that the unit can start automatically after the power supply is resumed. But if the unit is under STOP state before power shutdown, it will be also under STOP state after the power supply is resumed. Dial-up switch 2 (L/I): Setting of control mode, including wired control and remote control. The wired control mode refers to that the indoor unit is controlled from wired controller (hand controller). This setting is factory defaulted (dial-up switch pulled to “ON” position). When the setting is wired control mode, the function dial-up on S7 for “setting of memory mode” and “setting of master / slave indoor unit” will be disabled. These two settings can be done from the wired controller directly. The remote control mode refers to that the indoor unit is controlled from remote controller. When the setting is remote control mode, its function dial-up must be set on S7. Dial-up switch 3 (M/S): The setting of master / slave indoor unit refers to the master / slave setting of indoor run mode, mainly used to meet the needs of special people on priority (e.g. leader, patients, etc). The factory default setting is that all indoor units are master (dial-up switch pulled to “ON” position). When all the indoor units are set as slave, the outdoor unit will run according to the mode of slave indoor unit that LV¿UVWO\VWDUWHG,IWKHPRGHRIVODYHLQGRRUXQLWVWDUWHGODWHUKDVLQFRQÀLFWDJDLQVWWKHPRGHVWDUWHGHDUOLHUWKHV\VWHP ZLOOGLVSOD\PRGHFRQÀLFWHUURUVRWKDWWKHLQGRRUXQLWVWDUWHGODWHUFDQQRWZRUN,QWKLVFDVHWKHUXQPRGHRIWKHXQLWLV GHFLGHGE\WKHVODYHLQGRRUXQLWWKDWLV¿UVWO\VWDUWHG :KHQRQO\RQHLQGRRUXQLWLVVHWDVPDVWHUQRPDWWHULIWKHPDVWHULQGRRUXQLWLV¿UVWO\VWDUWHGRUQRWWKHVODYHLQGRRU XQLWZLOOJLYHRXWPRGHFRQÀLFWHUURUDVORQJDVLWVPRGHLVLQFRQÀLFWDJDLQVWWKHPRGHRIPDVWHULQGRRUXQLWH[FHSWWKDW the master indoor unit is stopped). In this case, the unit run according to the mode of master indoor unit on priority. When several indoor units are set as master, the mode of master indoor unit with a lower address code will be taken as the master run mode of the unit. when the master indoor unit with the lowest address code is changed from STOP state to RUN state, the mode of other master indoor units or slave indoor units shall be kept identical to its mode; otherwise the V\VWHPZLOOJLYHRXWPRGHFRQÀLFWHUURU7KHUHIRUHZKHQWKHUHDUHVHYHUDOPDVWHULQGRRUXQLWVWKHDGGUHVVFRGHRIWKHXQLW shall be set from lower to higher according to priority level. 136 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Dial-up switch 4 (I/O): Setting of ambient temperature acquisition point. This setting is mainly used when the temperature of air conditioner area differs largely from the air inlet temperature of the unit. Meanwhile, this setting is only valid when the receiver is connected, including the setting of temperature acquisition point at air inlet and setting of the temperature acquisition point at receiver head. The factory default setting is acquisition of air inlet temperature (dial-up switch pulled to “ON” position). Dial-up switch 5 (L/H): Setting of high / low static pressure fan. This setting includes the setting of high static pressure fan and low static pressure fan, adjusted as needed for the project. The factory default setting is low static pressure fan (dial-up switch pulled to “ON” position). Cautions: 1) The above settings must be done under power shutdown state. 7KHGLDOXSVZLWFKRIIXQFWLRQFRGHLVFODVVL¿HGLQWRELWFRGHELWFRGHDQGELWFRGH7KHELWFRGHRUELW code is used for duct-type unit only (including multi duct-type unit and 1-to-1 duct-type unit). 3) When the “setting of control mode” is “L”, the function dial-up for “setting of memory mode" and “setting of master / slave indoor unit” will be disabled. When the “setting of control mode” is “I”, this function dial-up setting is enabled. 4) The dial-up switch shall be put to position correctly, and shall not be put to middle position. Dialing of the switch to “ON” position indicates “0” and the dialing to opposite direction indicates “1”. $IWHUGLDOLQJXSSOHDVHPDUNWKHDGGUHVVFRGHRIWKHXQLW¥ Address code S1 Functional dial switch S7 Capacity code S2 Mainboard of 5-bit functional dial-up 137 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Functional dial switch S7 Address code S1 Mainboard of 4-bit functional dial-up 7.4.2 Address code Address dial-up must be set for the multi indoor units; otherwise the abnormal communication will be caused to the unit. The address code has 4-bit dial-up in total. The highest address is 16 and the lowest address is 1. NOTES! To use multiple indoor units in parallel, make sure to change the setting of address code before installation and guarantee that the address code of each indoor unit must be different (The address code is located on the mainboard of indoor unit). If wired controller is used, make sure to dial the address code of wired controller to the position same as the address code on corresponding indoor unit. (The address code of wired controller is located on the back of wired controller) Below is factory default setting: The default setting of address dial-up code is 0000 and the address is 1 (See above for the position of dial lever). 138 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Dial-up Value The dial-up value of address code is set in binary system. The dial-up value is “0” when the lever is dialed to “ON” end; the dial-up is “1” when the lever is dialed to numerical end on opposite side. For number 4~1 on the address code, the dial-up #4 refers to high bit and the dial-up 1# refers to low bit. Dial-up Table (4-bit Dial-up Switch) 4-bit 3-bit 2-bit 1-bit Address 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 0 5 0 1 0 1 6 0 1 1 0 7 0 1 1 1 8 1 0 0 0 9 1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 0 11 1 0 1 1 12 1 1 0 0 13 1 1 0 1 14 1 1 1 0 15 1 1 1 1 16 Example 1: If the dial value is “0111”, this represents that the serial number is “8”, the pins 1, 2 & 3 of the dial switch are dialed to the opposite end of “ON”, and the pin 4 is dialed to “ON”. Example 2: If the dial value is “1010”, this represents that the address is “11”, the pins 2 & 4 of the dial switch are dialed to the numerical end, and the pin 1 & 3 are dialed to “ON”. 5HIHUWRWKHIROORZLQJ¿JXUH Address 8, dial-up value 0111 Address 8, dial-up value 1010 7.4.3 Capacity Code On the mainboard of indoor unit, two 4-bit DIP switches are used to distribute the address and capacity of indoor units. The 4-bit DIP switch (marked with “capacity” below) used for setting the capacity of indoor units is factory set before shipment of indoor unit, while it is covered by sealant, so that it cannot be changed by the user. Below is factory default setting: 139 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual The default Capacity dial-up is the maximum capacity of indoor unit. As shown above, the capacity is (See above for the lever position) Dial-up Value The dial-up value of capacity code is set in binary system. The dial-up value is “0” when the lever is dialed to “ON” end; the dial-up is “1” when the lever is dialed to numerical end on opposite side. For number 4~1 on the capacity code, the dial-up #4 refers to high bit and the dial-up 1# refers to low bit. Dial-up Table (4-bit Dial-up Switch) 140 4-bit 4-bit 4-bit 1-bit Capacity 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 1 25 0 0 1 0 30 0 0 1 1 35 0 1 0 0 40 0 1 0 1 45 0 1 1 0 50 0 1 1 1 60 1 0 0 0 224 1 0 0 1 70 1 0 1 0 80 1 0 1 1 90 1 1 0 0 100 1 1 0 1 112 1 1 1 0 140 1 1 1 1 280 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual ENGINEERING DEBUGGING 141 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual ENGINEERING DEBUGGING 1 NECESSITY OF ENGINEERING DEBUGGING FOR VRF UNITS Different from common units, VRF units has high requirements of design. And also, during engineering installation, the factors which can affect the normal running of the system easily occur, such as impurity and water. Due to complexity of design and installation as well as requirements of high accuracy of system control, debugging must be conducted after ¿QLVKRIWKHHQJLQHHULQJLQVWDOODWLRQ7KHXQLWVFDQEHXVHGDIWHUWKHGHEXJJLQJSDVVHV 2 ILES AND TOOLS FOR ENGINEERING DEBUGGING 2.1 Tools Inner hexagon Spanner Digital Display Thermometer Monkey wrench Sound meter Phillips screwdriver Split-core type meter Slotted screwdriver Digital multimeter Vacuum Pump Ammeter Electric Scale Calculagraph Pressure Gage Standing ladder Anemoscope Gree portable debugger (CE40-24/E), or debugging software and data wire There are two kinds of debugger for Gree VRF units. One is portable debugger and the other is the computer with exclusive software. Both of them are exlusive and shall be applied to manufacturer. Note: the model of Gree portable debugger is CE40-24/E Both two kinds of debuggers can inspect and debug the required parameters. The only difference between them is that the portable debugger can’t display parameters of all indoor units and storage or display history data while the PC with H[FOXVLYHVRIWZDUHFDQGRVXFKWKLQJV3OHDVHUHIHUWRFRUUHVSRQGLQJLQVWUXFWLRQIRUVSHFL¿FRSHUDWLRQPHWKRGV 2.2 Debugging Files In order to record the events of installation and debugging for the unit, make sure that the following files are FRPSOHWH&RQ¿UPHGSODQIRUGHEXJJLQJFDKLHUSHUVRQQHOIRUGHEXJJLQJDSSHDUDQFHLQVSHFWLRQUHFRUGRIWKHV\VWHP debugging data record, debugging report, etc. The reference form sets forth in attached list. 3 STEPS OF ENGINEERING DEBUGGING 3.1 Preparation before Debugging 3.1.1 Integral Debugging Plan Before debugging, acquire information of debugging scheduling, total workload of debugging, factors which may affect the debugging, required human and material resources. Related responsible person shall make the debugging plan. 142 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.1.2 Members of Debugging Members of debugging include aftersales debugging personnel and installation personel, etc. All members of debugging shall take relative professional training before debugging of the unit. Group these people according to practical situation. Professional of debugging and assistant are essentaial for each group. 3.1.3 Preparation of Tools and Equipments a. Check if the following tools or equipments are complete before bebugging. Inner hexagon Spanner Digital Display Thermometer Monkey wrench Sound meter Phillips screwdriver Split-core type meter Slotted screwdriver Digital multimeter Vacuum Pump Ammeter Electric Scale Calculagraph Pressure Gage Standing ladder Anemoscope Gree portable debugger (CE40-24/E), or debugging software and data wire b. Check if the software is correct before debugging. Debugging of Gree VRF units applies exclusive debugging software or portable debugger which are provided by Gree, or the units can’t be effectively debugged. F&KHFNLIDOOUHTXLUHG¿OHVDQGUHFRUGHGGDWDDUHFRPSOHWH 3.2 Inspection before Debugging 3.2.1 Inspection of Installation Environment Inspection of installation environment includes: heat exchange environment of the unit, electromagnetic radiation components, etc, which shall be in accordance with related national electric standards. If there is any thing which can’t conform to installation standards, make record in time for analysis during debugging. 3.2.2 Appearance Inspection Inspect appearance to check if the installation of pipeline conforms to standards, if jnsulation work of discharge pipe is good and if communication wire can meet requirements of installation standards. The refrigerants pipeline shall be installed vertically and the inclination degree of branch pipe shall be within the VSHFL¿HGUDQJH,IWKHUHLVDQ\WKLQJZKLFKFDQ¶WFRQIRUPWRLQVWDOODWLRQVWDQGDUGVPDNHUHFRUGLQWLPHIRUDQDO\VLVGXULQJ debugging. Refrigerants pipeline and condensate discharge pipe can’t be directly exposed. Repair it if there is any pipe exposed or serious loss will be caused. Pipe is not completely coverd Incorrect insulation work Insulating material of copper pipe is broken 143 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.2.3 Inspection of Refrigerating System 1) Before debugging, make sure that cut-off valve of each module is in the maximum opening angle and in the PHDQWLPHFKHFNLIWKHUHLVDQ\PDUNRIRLORQWKHYDOYH,IWKHUHLVLQVSHFWWKHYDOYHLPPHGLDWHO\DQGLIFRQ¿UPWKDWWKHUH is any leakage, stop the debugging immediately which can be resumed again after the problem of leak has been solved. If the cut-valve of outdoor unit has been in the maximum opening angle Oil stain If there is any leak? Note: if there is only one outdoor module, the oil balance valve can’t be opened, and cut-off valve of gas pipe and cut-off valve of liquid gas pipe need to be opened. 144 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Open the Cut-o ff va lv e of liquid pipes Open the Cut-o ff valve of high pr essu re gas pipe s Open the Cut-o ff valve for Oil balan ce pipe( when the quan tity of modula r is mor e than one.) 2) Check if the refrigerant in the system is normal by manomenter connecting liquid pipe and valve of low pressure gas pipe. In normal conditions, if the system has been stoodby for more than 3 min, the high pressure and low pressure of the system will be in balance. The difference between saturation temperature corresponding to pressure value and ambient temperature (the temp is indoor temp or outdoor temp, whichever is the higher) can’t be more than 5 . Note: make sure that the system is not started up or it has been energized for more than 10 min since last stop of running (The lower outdoor ambient temp is, the longer time that the pressure value stabilizes), or the high pressure value of the system will be much higher than the ambient temp or the low pressure of the sytem will be much lower than the ambient temp) Eg: If outdoor ambient temp is 30 , indoor ambient temp is 28 , high pressure value of the system is 28 and low pressure value is 27 , all differentials between outdoor ambient temp and the others are within 5 which means the standby pressure of the system is normal. 145 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3.2.4 Inspection of Electrical System 1) Check if there is any electromagnetic interference, mill dust and acid and alkaline gas around the units. a. Power supply of the units can’t work with equipments with inverter or close to the equipment with strong eletromagnetic interference. If there is any electromagnetic interference, make record in time, and if the situation gets worse, the installation site must be relocated or corresponding measures must be taken. b. Prevent acid or alkaline gas or liquid from corroding cables of the units. 2) Inspection of Appearance of Power Cord Inspect if power cords of units are installed according to requirements of manufacturer, if the wire is firmly connected with wiring terminal and if there is any conducting wire exposed in other joints of the power cords. Connecting wire inside the unit Patch board Connecting wire inside the unit Patch board Fixed mode of presser bit External power wire Connecting wire inside the unit Patch board Fixed mode of inverted U shaped External power wire External power wire Exposed conducting wire Right Right Wrong 3) Inspection of Power Supply Capacity of the Units Due to the working current changes greatly under different conditions which is much more than rated current, the electric network is unstable and power factor decreases, the capacity of power supply shall be 1.5~1.8 times of rated power. 4) Selection and Usage Mode of Air Switch and Fuse-link a. For commercial air conditioners, independent air switch, fuse-link and other similar components must be installed, the selection and usage mode of which shall be proper. Note: a1.Air switch can be protection for overload and short circuit. The ability of breaking current and response speed is not as good as fuse-link but it can be manually reset after it is operated. a2.Fuse-link just can be protection for short circuit of the units. Its ability of breaking current and response speed are good but it shall be replaced after it is operated. b.The selection of air switch can refer to rated current of the complete unit, 2.25 times of which shall be close to the current of air switch. 5) Inspection of Components inside the Eelectric Box ( De-energization ) Firstly, inspect if the components inside the electric box dropped off during transportation and then check if there is any loose components or wiring. For huge units, the terminal of patch board and wiring terminal shall be screwed up again and after the units have been running for 2 months, screw them once again. Due to the auxiliary contact of AC contactor has been debugged in factory, it can’be disassembled. 6) Cautions of Laying the Power Cord 7KHWUXQNLQJDQGÀDPHUHWDUGHG39&SLSHVKDOOEHXVHGZKHQOD\LQJWKHSRZHUFRUGDQGIRUKXJHVL]HGSRZHUFRUG the cable supporting sytem shall be used. Don’t expose the power cord under sunshine or rain. a. Relationship of Power, Current and Width of Cable Selection of Cable Category: Rubber, PVC :LGWKRI&DEOH)LUVWO\¿JXUHRXWWKHGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQHOHFWULFFDELQHWDQGWKHXQLWDQGWKHQWKHWRWDOOHQJWKRIFDEOH )LQDOO\FKHFNWKHȍNPDFFRUGLQJWRWKHPRGHORIWKHFDEOHWRGHWHUPLQHWKHZLGWKRIFDEOH 146 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Width of Cable (mm2) Distance(m) Max.Current(A) 0~15 15~30 30~50 50~75 75~100 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 6 20 4 4 4 6 6 10 10 100~125 125-150 30 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 40 10 10 16 16 16 16 25 50 16 16 16 25 25 25 35 60 25 25 25 25 25 25 35 70 35 35 35 35 35 35 50 80 35 35 35 35 50 50 70 90 35 35 50 50 50 70 70 100 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 120 50 50 50 70 70 70 95 140 50 70 70 70 95 95 95 160 70 70 70 70 95 95 95 200 95 95 95 95 95 95 120 240 120 120 120 120 120 120 150 300 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 330 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 400 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 500 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 600 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 b. Ground Wire of the Unit For safety, the unit must be reliably earthed and the earthing device can’t withstand the pulling force of mechanism S=D D 16 S=D/2 D 16 3.2.5 Inspection of Communication System 1) Inspect the following contents before debugging. If communication among mainboard of outdoor modules is normal If qty code and address code of outdoor modules are correct If address codes of patch boards of outdoor modules are correct If connection between indoor unit and patch board is correct If qty of indoor units under enery patch board is less than 16˛ If connectiong among indoor units air is correct˛ If address codes of indoor units are correct˛ If address code of wired controller of every indoor unit is the same with the address code of corresponding indoor unit˛ 147 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual &RPPXQLFDWLRQZLUHVKDOOEHLQGHSHQGHQWO\SDYHGE\ÀDPHUHWDUGHG39&SLSHDQGFDQ¶WLQWKHVDPHWUXQNLQJ with power cord. The parallel distance between communication wire and strong current wire shall be greater than 20 cm. 3) Control wires of all electric expansion valves and power cord of 4-way valve shall be reliably connected to the mainboard of corresponding indoor unit. If there is any abnormality, handle it immediately. The debugging can be resumed after the problem has been solved. 3.2.6 Before debugging, install and get familiar with the software for debugging. 3.3 Debugging 3.3.1 Cautions: 1) Before the debugging starts, make sure that the units have been energized for more than 8 hours so that the compressor can be preheated. Touch the unit by hand to check if the preheating is normal, and if it is, debugging can be started or the compressor is likely to be damaged. The debugging must be conducted or under guidance of the professional. 2) When the debugging is started up, choose proper running mode according to the ambient temperature. When ambient temp is above 20 , the debugging mode shall be complete cooling mode. When ambient temp is lower than 20 , the debugging mode shall be complete heating mode. 3) When debugging, the system will start one indoor unit every 5 min until all indoor units have been started up. 148 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual F Outdoor unit F Outdoor unit Outdoor unit 3.4 Debugging of Cooling Mode 6WHSPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHFRPSUHVVRUKDVEHHQSUHKHDWHGIRURYHUKRXUVEHIRUH¿UVWVWDUWXSRILW Step 2: Connect monitoring instrument of debugging. Step 3: After the monitoring instrument has been installed, check if the communication of data is normal, if all indoor units and wired controllers can be viewed on monitoring software and if there is any repeated code or wire dropped off. :KHQLWLVQRUPDOWKHDGGUHVVRIZLUHGFRQWUROOHUVKDOOEHFRUUHVSRQGLQJWR DGGUHVVRILQGRRUXQLWZKLFKLVVKRZQDV)LJ$ Address of wired controller Address of inddor unit Fig.A 149 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual When there is repeated address code of indoor unit, the display of wired controller is normal, but the indoor unit with repeated address code can’t be displayed as shown in Fig B Display of address of wired controller is normal 1# and 2# have repeated addresses and the indoor units can’t display their addresses. Fig B When address of wired controller is the same with that of other wired controller, or it is disconnected, the address can’t be display as shown in Fig C. Address of 2 # wired controller conflict with that of other wired controllers Addresses of indoor units are normal Fig C 150 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Search and Setting Methods of Address of Z6035F Wired Controller When the unit is turned off, press buttons “Fan” and “ON/OFF” simultaneously, and the address no. of the display panel will be shown on where setting temperature is shown on display panel. Address code of indoor unit will be shown on where the ambient temperature is shown on display panel and address code of patch board which connects main indoor unit will be displayed on where the setting temperature is shown on display panel. 02'( )$1 6:,1* 7,0(5 212)) Search and Setting Methods of Address of ZX6045 Wired Controller Search of address of wired controller: When the unit is turned off, press buttons “Function” and “Mode” simultaneously and the address no. of this wired controller will be displayed on display panel. Setting of Address of Wired Controller: When the unit is turned off, press buttons “Function”and ³0RGH´VLPXOWDQHRXVO\IRUVDQGWKHDGGUHVVQRZLOOEHGLVSOD\HGDQGEOLQNRQGLVSOD\SDQHO3UHVV³Ÿ´DQG´³ź´WR DGMXVWWKHDGGUHVVFRGHEHWZHHQ7KHQSUHVVEXWWRQ³&RQ¿UP&DQFHO´WRFRQ¿UPLW Search and setting of address of wired controller are as follows: 151 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Step 4: Make sure that the communication is normal, and then record each parameter. Finally, start one indoor unit every 5 min. 6WHS$FFRUGLQJWRUHIHUHQFHYDOXHRISDUDPHWHUFKHFNLIWKHUHLVDQ\DEQRUPDOSDUDPHWHU,IWKHUHLV¿QGWKHFDXVH and solve it. Then, start the debugging again and if everything is normal, measure and record each parameter after 30min. Step 6: Record each parameter when the capacity is just shifted and after 30min, measure and record these parameters DJDLQ)LQDOO\VDYHWKHGDWDRIPRQLWRULQJVRIWZDUHDQGWKHGHEXJJLQJLV¿QLVKHG,IWKHUHLVDQ\DEQRUPDOLW\¿QGWKH cause and solve it. Then, start the debugging again Note: during debugging, listen carefully for the sound from indoor and outdoor fans as well as the compressor to check if they are normal. Indoor unit Outdoor unit Abnormal sound? 3.5 Running of Heating Mode ,IHQYLURQPHQWDOFRQGLWLRQVDUHSURSHUDIWHUWKHGHEXJJLQJRIFRROLQJPRGHKDVEHHQ¿QLVKHGWKHV\VWHPFDQEH shifted to heating mode directly. The system will run with max capacity of indoor unit and with min. capacity of indoor unit separately. The debugging method is as cooling mode. Note: if the environmental conditions are not proper for running of cooling mode, start the debugging of heating mode directly which is as the debugging of cooling mode. :KHQWKHGHEXJJLQJLV¿QLVKHGVRUWRXWDQGVDYHWKHGDWD5HFRUGWKHWURXEOHDQGWURXEOHVKRRWLQJGXULQJWKH debugging for future reference. Then, make a debugging report and turn over it to users. 152 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4. MAIN PARAMETERS AND REFERENCE VALVES FOR DEBUGGING Reference Value of the Debugging Parameters for the Pdm-NaB Series Modular DC Inverter VRF System No. Debugging Items Parameter Description Unit Reference Value 1 Outdoor ambient temperature —— 2 Discharge pipe temperature of inverter compressor 3 Shell-top pipe temperature of inverter compressor 4 Discharge pipe temperature of FRPSUHVVRUZLWK¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ 5 Shell-top pipe temperature of FRPSUHVVRUZLWK¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ 6 Discharge pipe temperature of FRPSUHVVRUZLWK¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ Ɣ'XULQJWKHVWDUWXSDQGRSHUDWLRQ of the compressor, the normal temperature of the discharge pipe or the top shell is between 70 ~85 and the normal heating temperature is between 65 ~75 ,both of which are at least 10 higher compared with the saturated temperature of the corresponding system high pressure. Ɣ2QFRQGLWLRQWKDWWKHLQYHUWHU FRPSUHVVRUUXQVEXWWKH¿[HG frequency compressor stops, the shell WRSWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKH¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ compressor should be a little higher than that of the ambient which is very close to that of its discharge pipe. Outdoor Unit 7 Inlet pipe temperature of the heat exchanger 8 9 10 Shell-top pipe temperature of FRPSUHVVRUZLWK¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ System Parameters Outlet pipe temperature of the heat exchanger Mid pipe temperature of the heat exchanger 11 12 13 Remarks This parameter is not applicable to the unit with the capacity less than 28.0KW. Ɣ8QGHUWKHFRROLQJPRGHWKH inlet pipe temperature of the heat exchanger should be at least 20 higher than that of the outlet pipe. Ɣ8QGHUWKHKHDWLQJPRGHZLWKWKH outdoor ambient temperature below 10 , the temperature of the inlet pipe of the heat exchanger should be 1 higher than that of the outlet pipe; while if the outdoor ambient temperature is above, the temperature of the inlet pipe should be 3 ~10 higher. —— System high pressure The temperature under the normal high pressure should be among 20 ~55 . With the change of the ambient temperature and the system running capacity, this temperature should be 10 ~40 higher than the ambient temperature. The higher the ambient temperature is, the smaller the temperature difference between them is. System low pressure Ɣ8QGHUWKHV\VWHPORZSUHVVXUHRI the cooling mode, the temperature should be among -15 ~12 ,with the max.temperature 15 lower than the indoor ambient temperature and min. temperature close to the outdoor ambient temperature. Ɣ8QGHUWKHV\VWHPORZSUHVVXUHRIWKH heating mode, the temperature should be -25 ~10 , which is about 9 lower than outdoor ambient temperature. NA 153 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Reference Value of the Debugging Parameters for the Pdm-NaB Series Modular DC Inverter VRF System No. Debugging Items Parameter Description Unit Reference Value 14 Opening level of the electronic expansion valve of the outdoor unit PLS Ɣ3/688QGHUWKHFRROLQJPRGHWKH opening level of the electronic expansion valve should keep at 480PLSU consistently. Ɣ8QGHUWKHKHDWLQJPRGHWKHRSHQLQJ level of the electronic expansion valve should be among 100~480PLS 15 Running frequency of the inverter compressor Hz Between 30Hz~90Hz 16 Inverter compressor current A According to the different running frequency and load, the corresponding current varies among 7A~20A. 17 ,30PRGXOH¿QWHPSHUDWXUH 18 Driving bus voltage System Parameters 19 Ambient temperature of the indoor unit 20 Inlet pipe temperature of the heat exchanger of the indoor unit 21 Indoor Unit V Midway pipe temperature of the heat exchanger of the indoor unit 23 Opening angle of the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit 24 Communication Parameters 25 Drainage System —— 26 Others —— Communication Data The normal bus voltage is 1.414 times of that of power supply. E.g. the voltage of the three-phase power supply is 390V, then WKHEXVYROWDJHDIWHUUHFWL¿FDWLRQVKRXOGEH 390v×1.414=551v with the tolerance of 15v. —— Ɣ$FFRUGLQJWRWKHGLIIHUHQWDPELHQW temperature, the inlet pipe temperature is 1 ~7 lower than that of the outlet pipe temperature under the cooling mode. Ɣ8QGHUWKHKHDWLQJPRGHWKHLQOHWSLSH temperature is 10 ~20 lower than that of the outlet pipe temperature of the same indoor unit. Outlet pipe temperature of the heat exchanger of the indoor unit 22 154 The normal temperature is lower than 95 and 40 will be displayed when the temperature is lower than 40 . Ɣ8QGHUWKHFRROLQJPRGHWKHPLGZD\ pipe temperature is some 0 ~5 lower than that of the outlet pipe temperature. Ɣ8QGHUWKHKHDWLQJPRGHWKHPLGZD\ pipe temperature is between those of the inlet and outlet pipes. PLS Automatic adjustment between 100~480PLS — Real-time check through the monitoring software is realizable to the data from the main board and wired controller, without occurrence of any malfunction. — The drainage of the indoor unit goes smoothly and thoroughly; no condensate water is accumulated in the drain pipe; and no water drips directly along the base frame of the unit. The compressor and fan motor of the outdoor/indoor unit run without any abnormal sound and any malfunction. Remarks DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5 COMMON TROUBLES DURING DEBUGGING 5.1 Communication Abnormal communication is the main and common trouble in communication system which mainly consists of the following groups. S/N Class Trouble Possible Cause Troubleshooting Communication wire between indoor and outdoor unit is not connected. Outdoor unit Indoor unit Check if communication wire is connected. 1 Refrigerant pipe E6 Communication cable The polarities of communication wire connecting indoor and outdoor units are not inconsistent. Outdoor unit Indoor unit B PCB A “E6” communication error codes are displayed on all indoor and outdoor units. 2 Exchange the polarities of plugs of communication wire. PCB A B E6 Communication cable 3 The communication wire connecting indoor unit to outdoor unit is short circuit. Abnormal communication between indoor unit and outdoor unit Outdoor unit A Indoor unit PCB B Check it with universal meter and if it is short circuit, replace the communication wire PCB A B E6 Communication cable 4 Address of indoor unit, wired controller or outdoor unit is not correctly set. Check if their addresses are set correctly. 5 Addresses of main board of outdoor unit or patch board are not correctly set. Check if their addresses are correctly set. The communication wire connecting outdoor unit and indoor unit is short circuit or it contacts metal when it is damaged Outdoor unit Eath A 6 Communication between indoor unit and outdoor unit is not continuously Indoor unit PCB B PCB Check it with universal meter and if it is short circuit, replace the communication wire. Seperately mesure the two polarities of communication wire and check if it is shorted to earth. A B E6 Communication cable 7 The ground wire which shield communication ZLUHLVQRWHI¿FLHQWO\HDUWKHG (I¿FLHQWO\FRQQHFWWKHJURXQGZLUH 155 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Communication wires of different patch boards in the side of indoor units are crossed Outdoor unit A Indoor unit PCB B PCB A B 8 Abnormal communication between indoor unit and outdoor unit Communication between indoor unit and outdoor unit is not continuously E6 Communication cable Outdoor unit A Check if the communcaiton wires of different patch boards are wrongly connected. Indoor unit PCB B PCB A B E6 Communication cable Address code of that indoor unit is not the same with that of wired controller connected. Outdoor unit Eath A 9 Indoor unit PCB “E6” is displayed in one or a few of indoor unit(s). Address ˖9# B Check if address code of that indoor unit is the same with that of wired controller connected. PCB A B E6 Address ˖1# Communication cable 10 11 Communication of a part of indoor units is abnormal. For some indoor unit, the data is not always displayed on wired controller or the unit is on and off alternately. 12 13 156 ”E6”are displayed on all indoor units which connect a same patch board. There are repeated codes among main boards of indoor units or wired controllers. Check if there are repeated codes among indoor units or wired controllers. Communication wire between that indoor unit and the wired controller is short circuit. Check it with universal meter and if it is short circuit, replace the communication wire. Separately measure the two polarities of communication wire and check if it is shorted to earth. And if it is, replace the communication wire. There is repeated address code of patch board. Check the code again. The communication wire of the module of that patch board is not correctly connected with other modules. Check communication wires among modules and the code again. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Address code and qty code of mainboard of outdoor unit are not correctly set. 14 Check and reset them. Communication wire among outdoor units is not correctly connected. Outdoor unit A B PCB 15 Communication among outdoor modules is abnormal. “ E6” error code will be displayed on outdoor module as well as the indoor units which are connected by this patch board. A B Communication cable Replace communication wire. Outdoor unit A B PCB A B Communication cable 157 158 2 1 S/N Discharge temp is abnormal Class Discharge temp is superhigh Trouble 2.Electric expansion valve does not correctly operate 1.Cut-off valve of outdoor unit is not opened to the position, which can allow PD[LPXPÀRZ Not totally opened Description of Cause In cooling mode, when electric expansion valve is opened to 480PLS, outlet temp of coil pipe of indoor unit is greater than inlet temp for over 15 . In heating mode, when electric expansion valve is opened to 480PLS, inlet temp of coil pipe of indoor unit is lower than ambient temp for over 10 . —— Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ First-level reason Valve Coil 2.1 Coil of electric expansion valve is loose or drops off —— Description of Cause De-energize and then energize the indoor unit, check if the electric expansion valve is reset by touching pipeline and hearing the voice. If it is reset, it is normal. —— Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Second-level reason Possible Cause —— —— Description of Cause Third-level reason Note: the discharge temp mentioned above means the temp of discharge pipe of compressor or the temp of the top of compressor. 5.2.1 Discharge temp of system is abnormal. 5.2 System Manually check Manually check Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Install and ¿[WKHFRLO of electric expansion valve again. Reopen the cutoff valve to the place where allows the PD[LPDOÀRZ Troubleshooting DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6 5 4 3 S/N Discharge temp is abnormal Class Discharge temp is superhigh Trouble 2.Electric expansion valve does not correctly operate Description of Cause In cooling mode, when electric expansion valve is opened to 480PLS, outlet temp of coil pipe of indoor unit is greater than inlet temp for over 15 . In heating mode, when electric expansion valve is opened to 480PLS, inlet temp of coil pipe of indoor unit is lower than ambient temp for over 10 . Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ First-level reason Possible Cause 2.3 Electric expansion valve is abnormal 2.2Electric expansion valve is abnormal. Description of Cause Not the reason mentioned above De-energize and then energize the indoor unit, check if the electric expansion valve is reset by touching pipeline and hearing the voice. If it is reset, it is normal. Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Second-level reason Coil Valve Open circuit Coil Valve 2.3.2 Valve body is abnormal. 2.3.1 Foreign objects inside the system affect it. PCB 2.2.2 Control wire of expansion valve connected with mainboard is damaged. Indoor unit PCB 2.2.1 Control wire of expansion valve is not connected with mainboard. Description of Cause Third-level reason —— —— Manually check Manually check Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Replace the valve body. Clean and blow the system to clear the foreign objects and meanwhile replace the valve body. Repair or replace control wire of electric expansion valve Connect control wire of electric expansion valve. Troubleshooting DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 159 160 —— —— 7. The inspection of discharge temp sensor is wrong. 8. Ambient temp exceeds the range for safe running. 14 15 12 11 13 Discharge temp of the system abnormally increases and the low pressure is too low(Judge according to reference standard). 6. The type of the refrigerants added is wrong. 4.Pipeline of the system is blocked Description of Cause Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Stop the complete unit and check the equalizing pressure of high and low pressures after 20 min. Then, transfer the pressure value to the corresponding saturation temp and compare it with outdoor ambient temp. If the temp difference is more than 5 , it is abnormal. Discharge temp is superhigh Trouble 5. Refrigerants of the system are inadequate. Discharge temp is abnormal Class Discharge temp of the system abnormally increases and the low pressure is too low(Judge according to reference standard). 10 9 8 7 S/N First-level reason Possible Cause Ambient temp is more than 48 . —— —— Collect ambient temp on spot. —— Check it with leak detector of refrigerants. 5.1 The volume of refrigerants is not calculated or added according to requirements. 5.2 Leak of the pipeline FDXVHVWKHLQVXI¿FLHQF\ of the refrigerants. —— 4.3 The connecting pipe of indoor unit is blocked. $ORQJWKHÀRZ direction of refrigerants, the difference of local temperatures is great or there is frost on partial pipe. 0HWKRGRI&RQ¿UPDWLRQ $ORQJWKHÀRZ direction of refrigerants, the difference of local temperatures is great or there is frost on partial pipe. 4.2 Low pressure gas pipe of the system is blocked. 4.1 Liquid pipe of the system is blocked. Description of Cause Second-level reason —— —— —— —— —— 4.4.2 There are too many impurities inside the pipeline. 4.4.1 The welding causes block. —— —— Description of Cause Third-level reason —— —— —— —— Cut the pipe to check. —— —— Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Normal phenomenon. Replace temp sensor or mainboard. Release the refrigerants inside the system and recharge the correct refrigerants. Handle the leak and vacuumize the pipe again and charge the refrigerants. Add refrigerants according to requirements. Replace and weld pipeline again. Replace and weld pipeline again. Replace and weld pipeline again. Replace and weld pipeline again. Troubleshooting DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6 5 4 3 2 1 S/N Abnormal system pressure Class Discharge pressure abnormally increases. Trouble Not totally opened Description of Cause First-level reason Impurity 2.Pipeline of the system is blocked 1. Cut-off valve of outdoor unit is not opened to the position, ZKLFKFDQDOORZPD[LPXPÀRZ 5.2.2 Abnormal System Pressure Discharge temp of the system abnormally increases and the low pressure is too low(Judge according to reference standard). —— Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ 2.4 The connecting pipe of indoor unit is blocked. 2.2Lliquid pipe of the system is blocked. 2.1Ggas pipe of the system is blocked. —— Description of Cause $ORQJWKHÀRZGLUHFWLRQ of refrigerants, the difference of local temperatures is great or there is frost on partial pipe. $ORQJWKHÀRZGLUHFWLRQ of refrigerants, the difference of local temperatures is great or there is frost on partial pipe. $ORQJWKHÀRZGLUHFWLRQ of refrigerants, the difference of local temperatures is great. —— 0HWKRGRI&RQ¿UPDWLRQ Second-level reason Possible Cause 2.4.2 There are too many impurities inside the pipeline. 2.4.1 The welding causes block. —— 2.1.2 There are too many impurities inside the pipeline. 2.1.1 The welding causes block. —— Cut the pipe to check. —— Cut the pipe to check. Manually check Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Third-level reason Description of Cause Replace and weld pipeline again. Replace and weld pipeline again. Replace and weld pipeline again. Replace and weld pipeline again. Replace and weld pipeline again. Open the cut-off valve to the position which can allow PD[LPXPÀRZ Troubleshooting DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 161 162 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 S/N Abnormal system pressure Class Discharge pressure abnormally increases. Trouble 5. High pressure switch abnormally operates. 4. Pressure transducer is abnormal. 3.The abmbient temp is too high when the unit is running Description of Cause “E1”code will be displayed after energization of the unit. —— —— Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ First-level reason Possible Cause 5.2High pressure switch is damaged. 5.1 The connection between high pressure switch and mainboard is abnormal. —— —— —— —— —— —— —— 5.1.1 Pressure switch is not connected with mainboard. 5.1.2 Connecting wire between pressure switch and mainboard is abnormal. —— —— —— —— Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ —— 4.1 Inspection of high pressure transducer is abnormal. 4.2 High pressure transducer and low pressure transducer are wrongly connected. —— Stop the complete unit and check the equalizing pressure of high and low pressures after 20 min. Then, transfer the pressure value to the corresponding saturation temp and compare it with outdoor ambient temp. If the temp difference is more than 5 it is abnormal. When the system is running, check the high pressure of gas pipe and liquid pipe. Then, transfer them to the corresponding temp value which shall be respectively compared with the corresponding temp value detected by system. If the temp difference is greater than 5 there is abnormality. —— —— Collect return air temp on spot. Collect outdoor ambient temp on spot. 3.1 Outdoor ambient temp is more than 48 when cooling operation. Description of Cause Third-level reason 3.2 Heating operation, actual temp of return air of the indoor unit exceeds 30 . 0HWKRGRI&RQ¿UPDWLRQ Description of Cause Second-level reason Replace pressure switch. Replace the connecting wire. Connect them again. Exchange these two pressure transducers. Replace high pressure transducer Normal phenomenon. Normal phenomenon. Troubleshooting DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Manually check Manually check 0HWKRGRI&RQ¿UPDWLRQ Replace motor. Not the reason mentioned above Manually check Manually check 6.1.3 The motor is damaged. 6.2.1 Power cord of fan motor is not effectively connected with mainboard of motor. 6.2.2 Signal feedback line of fan motor is not effectively connected with mainboard of motor. 21 Not the reason mentioned above The added volume of refrigerants is wrong. —— —— —— Check the volume of refrigerants which needs to be added and then release the surplus refrigerants from cut-off valve. Replace motor. Replace mainboard of motor. Effectively connect it again Effectively connect it again Connect capacitance or replace it. Manually check 6.1.2 Capacitance of motor is not connected or damaged. Reconnect the power cord of motor. Manually check 6.1.1 The power cord between motor and mainboard is loose or broken. Not the reason mentioned above 6.2 Outdoor fan abnormally operates. 6.1 Indoor fan abnormally operates. Description of Cause Troubleshooting Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ Description of Cause 6.2.4 The mainboard of fan motor is damaged. A. In cooling operation, outdoor fan is not running. B. In heating operation, the motor of the indoor unit which is heating is not running. Method of &RQ¿UPDWLRQ 20 7. Volume of refrigerants is too much. 6. Fan abnormally operates. Description of Cause Third-level reason Manually check Discharge pressure abnormally increases. Trouble 6.2.3 The mainboard of fan motor is damaged. Abnormal system pressure Class Possible Cause Second-level reason 19 18 17 16 15 14 S/N First-level reason DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 163 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6 PORTABLE DEBUGGER 6.1. Function Introduction Portable debugger is a set of specialized installation debugging tool for personnel of air conditioner debugging and testing. Its main features include: 1. Monitor various unit parameters and support multiple protocols, with automatic protocol identifying function. 2. Support complete unit debugging mode. Support indoor unit debugging mode of GMV multi VRF series. 3. Possess easy operation and portable features. Note: Different software support different numbers of protocol. 6.2 Display and Button “Power supply” LED (yellow): This LED is light when display panel is energized. “Malfunction” LED (red): This LED is light when there is communication malfunction (the protocol is not LGHQWL¿HG “Running” LED (green): This LED is light when receiving communication data. : It is available in “indoor unit state page”(IDU STATE) (only available in indoor unit of GMV multi VRF series). Long press it (two seconds) to enter “centralized control page”; quick press it to select online indoor unit. : Press this button on main page to enter “Menu page”. Press this button in parameter page and move the cursor. : During selection, press this button to switch upward or leftward; during modifying data, press this button to increase numerical value. This button supports increment function. : During selection, press this button to switch downward or rightward; during modifying data, press this button to decrease numerical value. This button supports decrement function. : Press this button to exit from this option. 'XULQJVHOHFWLRQSUHVVWKLVEXWWRQWRFRQ¿UPWKHVHOHFWHGRSWLRQ'XULQJPRGLI\LQJGDWDSUHVVWKLVEXWWRQWR FRQ¿UPSDUDPHWHUYDOXHDQGPRYHFXUVRU “Status bar”: It simply indicates the function of the current button. 164 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6.3 Debugger Connection 6.3.1 Power Supply and Communication Interface 4-core port includes power supply and communication. There are two connecting methods: 1) Wiring method 1 of portable debugger: Step 1: Remove the display panel and insert its 4-core port into pinboard COM1. Step 2: Connect pinboard COM1 to the display panel with the 4-core wiring. Step 3: Connect pinboard COM4 to debugger COM1 with the 4-core wiring. ROOM TEMP SET TEMP SWING SWING MELT 2 COM1 COM2 COM2 COM1 1 COM3 COM3 COM4 [VERSION V 1.3] 28-1 0-2009 TUE 21:45:60 3 PORTABLE DEBUGGER <MENU> OP EN MENUPAGE MUNE 2) Wiring method 2 of portable debugger: Step 1: Remove the display panel and insert its 4-core port into debugger COM1. Step 2: Connect debugger COM2 to the display panel with the 4-core wiring. ROOM TEMP SET TEMP SWING SWING MELT 2 [VERSION V 1.3] 28-10-2009 TUE 21:45:60 PORTABLE DEBUGGER 1 <MENU> OPEN MENUPAGE MUNE 165 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual MAINTENANCE 166 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual MAINTENANCE 1 TROUBLE SHOOTING 1.1 Trouble Display of Indoor Unit Error Code Error Source of error signal E1 Compressor high pressure protection High pressure switch The high pressure protection value is 4.2MPa. When high pressure of a compressor is detected for successive three times, the compressor will stop. Error code E1 will be diaplayed and the running LED will blink. E2 Indoor antifreezing protection Temperature sensor of evaporator When Tevaporator -2 lasts for 10min, the antifreezing protection will occur. The indoor electronic expansion valve will be closed and the capacity is 0. E3 Compressor low pressure protection Low pressure switch When the low pressure protection value (0.15Mpa, absolute pressure) is reached, the low pressure switch will be disconnected. The low pressure protection will be displayed. E4 Compressor discharge temperature protection Discharge temperature sensor When discharge temperature T is 113 or higher, the stop protection will RFFXU(LVGLVSOD\HGXSRQWKH¿UVWGLVFKDUJHSURWHFWLRQ$IWHUGLVFKDUJH temperature is lower than TR and the unit stops for 3min, the compressor will resume running. If this occurs for three times in one hour, the compressor can not resume running. It is a must to cut off the power and restart the unit. E5 Conversion overcurrent protection Compressor driver The driving board of conversion compressor is wrong. Refer to the HUURUFRGHRIRXWGRRUQL[LHWXEHIRUVSHFL¿FHUURULQIRUPDWLRQ E6 Communication Error Communication There is communication error between the mainboard of indoor unit or wired controller and the outdoor unit. The wrong indoor unit will stop and display error code. 7KHUXQQLQJPRGHVRIWKHXQLWUXQQLQJ¿UVWDQGWKDWRIODWHUDUHYDULDQW7KHUH LVPRGHFRQÀLFWDPRQJFRROLQJGHIURVWLQJDQGKHDWLQJPRGH7KHUHLV QRPRGHFRQÀLFWDPRQJIDQFRROLQJGHIURVWLQJDQGKHDWLQJPRGH:KHQ PRGHFRQÀLFWRFFXUVWKHLQGRRUXQLWZLOOGLVSOD\(DQGVWRS Control description E7 0RGHFRQÀLFW User operation E9 Water full protection Water pump F0 Ambient temperature sensor error of indoor unit Ambient temperature sensor of indoor unit The indoor unit of temperature sensor error displays the error code and stop. F1 Indoor coil pipe inlet temperature sensor error Indoor coil pipe inlet temperature sensor The indoor unit of temperature sensor error displays the error code and stop. F2 Indoor coil pipe middle temperature sensor error Indoor coil pipe middle temperature sensor The indoor unit of temperature sensor error displays the error code and stop. F3 Indoor coil pipe outlet temperature sensor error Indoor coil pipe outlet temperature sensor The indoor unit of temperature sensor error displays the error code and stop. F4 Outdoor ambient temperature sensor error Outdoor ambient temperature sensor If short circuit occurs to the temperature sensor, there will be alarm.. The error information will be transmitted to each indoor unit, The error LED or wired controller will display the error code. When outdoor ambient temperature is lower than -5 , the break circuit of outdoor temperature sensor will be shielded. It is treated according to -30 . F7 Outdoor defrosting temperature sensor error Outdoor defrosting temperature sensor If short circuit occurs to the temperature sensor, there will be alarm.. The error information will be transmitted to each indoor unit, The error LED or wired controller will display the error code. When outdoor ambient temperature is lower than -5 , the break circuit of outdoor temperature sensor will be shielded. It is treated according to -30 . F9 Discharge temperature sensor error Discharge temperature sensor If short circuit occurs to the temperature sensor, there will be alarm.. The error information will be transmitted to each indoor unit, The error LED or wired controller will display the error code. When outdoor ambient temperature is lower than -5 , the break circuit of outdoor temperature sensor will be shielded. It is treated according to -30 . When the water is full for successive 8s, the water full protection will occur. The wired controller will display E9 and alarm will occur. In that case, the water pump will work while the other load of indoor unit will stop. The outdoor unit needs to adjust capacity output. 167 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1.2 Trouble Display of Mainboard LED of Outdoor Unit Description of indicator LED. 'H¿QLWLRQ LED6: LED5: LED4, LED3, LED2, LED1: Main control display of the outdoor units Transfer board Display Drive board of compressor Nixietube LED1 (Red) Error Description LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 LED5 LED6 LED2 LED3 (Yellow) (Green) Drive board of fan motor LED1 (red) Continous fast blinking counts Red Normal ż Ɣ Capacity dial-up error ż Ɣ Compressor highpressure protection Compressor lowpressure protection Ɣ Ɣ Compressor airout protection Overcurrent Protector Ɣ Ɣ No-refrigerant protection Ɣ ż Ɣ Yellow Green Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ 1 Ɣ - - - - E1 - - - - ż E3 - - - - Ɣ ż E4 - - - - Ɣ ż E5 - - - - ż E3 - - - - ż - - - - - ż E5 Ɣ Ɣ ż ż ON Ɣ ż - Ɣ Ɣ ż Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Error with sub-module and main control communication (display in sub-module) Ɣ Communicationerror with frequency conversion drive Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ The temperature of UDGLDWLQJ¿QLVWRRKLJK ż ż ż ż E5 ż ż - ż ż E5 Ɣ ż - Ɣ ż E5 - - - ż ż E5 ż ż E5 Ɣ - ż ż E5 Ɣ - ż E5 Ɣ ż E5 ż ż E5 ż ż E5 ż ż E5 ż ż ż E5 Ɣ ż E5 ż ż ż E5 - 5DGLDWLQJ¿QVHQVRU abnormal ż Ɣ ż Clogged ż Over-current protection of frequency conversion compressor ż ż DC input voltage is too high ż DC input voltage is too low ż IPM ABNORMAL ż ż ż Motor out of synchronization Ɣ Ɣ ż Overspeed Ɣ ż ż Ɣ ż ż Open phase, tripping ż Temperature drift protection ż Ɣ Error with the temperature sensor on drive board ż Ɣ ż Ɣ - - - Ɣ ż - ż - Ɣ ż - Ɣ - - - - Startup failure ż ż AC current protection (input side) Ɣ ż PFC ABNORMAL Ɣ ż ż Ɣ ż E5 - - - - Drive module reset ż Ɣ ż Ɣ ż E5 - - - - 168 ż Ɣ ż DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Fixed-frequency compressor abnormal Fan motor module protection Voltage proection of fan motor drive ż Ɣ ż - - - - ż ż Ɣ ż ż - - - - Ɣ ż Ɣ ż ż - - - - Current protection of fan motor drive Overheat protection of fan motor module Communicationerror with fan motor drive board and main control Overheat protection of fan motor and motor Communication error with indoor units and outdoor units Defrosting(normal operating, not error) ż ż ż Ɣ ż ż - - - - Ɣ Ɣ ż ż - - - - 2 Ɣ 4 Ɣ 3 6 ż ż 5 ż Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Oil return operating (normal operating, not error) Ɣ ż - - - - ż ż - - - - ż Ɣ ż E6 - - - - Ɣ ż - - - - - ż - - - - - ż - - - - - ż - - - - - ż Ɣ Balancing oil(normal operating, not error) ż Online testing Ɣ ż Ɣ Outdoor ambient temperature sensor error Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż F4 - - - - Ɣ Ɣ ż F5 - - - - Ɣ ż F6 - - - - Ɣ ż F7 - - - - Ɣ ż F9 - - - - Ɣ Ɣ ż F8 - - - - ż Ɣ ż F8 - - - - Error with outdoor coil inlet temperature sensor Indoor coil middle temperature sensor error Outdoor coil middle temperature sensor error Variable-frequency exhaust temperature sensor error Fixed frequency 1 error with air-out sensor Fixed frequency 2 error with air-out sensor Variable-frequency top casing temperature sensor error Fixed frequency 1 error with sensor of housing head cover Fixed frequency 2 error with sensor of housing head cover Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż Ɣ ż ż F9 - - - - ż Ɣ ż ż - - - - - Ɣ Ɣ ż ż - - - - - ż ż Fc - - - - ż ż Fd - - - - High-voltage sensor error ż Low-voltage sensor error The quantity of modules and dialup is inconformity ż ż Ɣ ż - - - - - Other modules stop due to error Ɣ ż Ɣ ż - - - - - Ɣ Notes: 1. EOLQNƔGDUNżEULJKW The error of DC fan motor board is displayed by the continuous blinking counts of single LED red, the error of AC fan motor board is displayed by the state of LED red, yellow and green. Note: The code E5 represents different errors. Therefore, then the wired controller of indoor unit or the lamp displays E5 protection, please do not immediately cut off the power of complete unit, but checking the records of mainboard, adaptor board and drive ERDUGRQRXWGRRUVLGHDQGREVHUYLQJWKHGHWDLOHGGLVSOD\RIWKHHUURUODPSWRLGHQWLI\WKHVSHFL¿FHUURUSURWHFWLRQ 169 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1.3 Number of indoor units display Access method: Short press SW10 (KEY1) twice within 2 seconds to enter into “Indoor Unit Number Detection” mode; Operation state: The LED6-LED1 display the binary value of the number of indoor units, maximum up to 63 sets (bright, bright, bright, bright, bright, bright). When the number of indoor unit is “0”: The LED6-LED1 display the adaptor board communication error code: (bright, blink, dark, blink, blink, dark) Exit method: Short press SW10 (KEY1) twice within 2 seconds to exit to normal mode; Lamp display Number of indoor units LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 1 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż 2 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż Ɣ 3 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż ż 4 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż Ɣ Ɣ 5 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż Ɣ ż 6 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż ż Ɣ : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 62 ż ż ż ż ż Ɣ 63 ż ż ż ż ż ż /HJHQGEULJKWżGDUNƔEOLQN 1.4 When the patching board is not communicated with indoor unit, if the complete unit stops, the address code of patch board and “E6” will be displayed alternately (as shown in Fig 1), and that is normal condition. The patching board is not communicated with indoor unit(Fig 1) If the complete unit is running, the address code of patch board and “E6” will be displayed alternately (as shown in Fig 2), and that is normal condition. 170 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Fig.2 Patching Board Unconnected with Any Indoor Unit If the sytem stops for error, the address code of patch board, error code and E6 will be displayed alternately. When patch board is communicating wth indoor unit, if the complete unit stops, the address code of patch board will be displaye on it( as shown in Fig 3). Fig.3 Patching Board Connected with Some Indoor Unit If the unit is running, the patch board will display address code of patch board and “ON” alternately(as shown in Fig 4). 171 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Fig.4 Patching Board Connected with Some Indoor Unit If the system stops for error, the address code of patch board and error code will be displayed alternately. 2 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLESHOOTING The repair personnel shall collect the error information as more as possible for careful study and list those electric or V\VWHPSDUWVWKDWPLJKWFDXVHWKHHUURU7KHQWKHUHSDLUSHUVRQQHOVKDOOEHDEOHWRLGHQWLI\WKHVSHFL¿FFDXVHRIHUURUDQG ¿QGRXWWKHSUREOHPSDUWV Keep an eye on the complete equipment. Do not restrict to a part, but taking care to check the state of complete equipment. Study from the simple point. o analyze, judge and identify the cause of trouble, please start from the simple operation DQG¿QDOO\SURFHHGWRVXFKFRPSOLFDWHGRSHUDWLRQVDVGLVFKDUJHRIUHIULJHUDQWGLVDVVHPEO\RIHTXLSPHQWUHSODFHPHQWRI SDUWVDQG¿OOLQJRIUHIULJHUDQW%HSUXGHQWWR¿QGRXWWKHFDXVH7KHXQLWPLJKWEHLQFXUUHGWRPXOWLSOHHUURUVDQGVXFK errors might be caused by multiple reasons. It is also possible that one error is developed into multiple errors. Therefore, a comprehensive analysis system shall be set up to ensure that the result of judgment is more correct and reliable 2.1 High-pressure Protection Error display on hand controller: E1 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: dark; led3: dark; led2: dark; led1: blink Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink; green led: dark; yellow led: dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led: blink; yellow led: dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led: blink; green led: dark; yellow led: dark Hanging indoor units: red led: blink; green led: dark; yellow led: dark 172 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual High-pressure protection Use pressure gauge to measure if the pressure is really high? No Measure if the pressure switch is normal˛ Yes Replace the mainboard of outdoor unit No Yes Check if the operation mode of indoor unit is set properly? No Refer to the Instruction Manual for Indoor Unit Replace the pressure switch Yes Check if the gas valve and liquid valve are fully open? No Fully open the valve Yes Check if the front panel of outdoor unit is covered tightly? No Cover up the front panel properly Yes Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor and outdoor exchanger is smooth? No Remove the obstructions Yes Check if the indoor and outdoor fans run normally? No Measure the fan motor and signal input Yes Check if the indoor swing louver is fully open? No Measure the swing motor and signal input Yes Check if the capacity output of outdoor unit is equal to the capacity demand of indoor units? No Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit Yes Check if the indoor electronic expansion valve can work normally No Engage the valve body with the coil Yes Check if the indoor / outdoor filters or radiating fins are dirty or blocked? Yes Refer to the Repair and Maintenance No The system pipe is blocked Focus on checking the inlet and outlet of the connection between indoor units and main pipe. Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoor unit. Replace the electronic expansion valve, drying filter and other parts 173 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.2 Low-pressure Protection Error display on hand controller: E3 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: dark; led3: dark; led2: blink; led1: dark (low voltage) led4: blink; led3: blink; led2: bright; led1: dark (lack of refrigerant) Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark 174 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Low-pressure protection Use pressure gauge to measure if the pressure is really low? No Refer to low pressure sensor error Yes Check if the refrigerant in the system is too low? Yes Add refrigerant according to the nominal refrigerant volume on nameplate and the calculated charge volume No Check if the operation mode of indoor unit is set properly? No Refer to the Instruction Manual for Indoor Unit Yes Check if the gas valve and liquid valve of outdoor unit are fully open? No Fully open the valve Yes Check if the front panel of outdoor unit is covered tightly? No Cover up the front panel properly Yes Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor and outdoor exchanger is smooth? No Remove the obstructions Yes Check if the indoor and outdoor fans run normally? Yes Measure the fan motor and signal input No Check if the indoor swing louver is fully open? No Measure the swing motor and signal input Yes Check if the capacity output of outdoor unit is equal to the capacity demand of indoor units? No Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit Yes Check if the indoor electronic expansion valve can work normally No Engage the valve body with the coil Yes Check if the indoor / outdoor filters or radiating fins are dirty or blocked? No The system pipe is blocked Yes Refer to the Repair and Maintenance Focus on checking the inlet and outlet of the connection between indoor units and main pipe. Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoor unit. Replace the electronic expansion valve, drying filter and other parts 175 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.3 Exhaust Temperature Protection Error display on hand controller: E4 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: dark; led3: dark; led2: blink; led1: blink Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Exhaust Temperature Protection Measure if the exhaust temperature of compressor UHDFKHV Measure if the resistance of temperature sensor is correct? No No Yes Yes When the exhaust temperature of compressor is higher than 107, check if the corresponding liquid bypass plug is connected through? No Replace the mainboard of outdoor unit Replace the corresponding exhaust temperature sensor Yes Check if the corresponding liquid bypass sub-assembly is in good condition, e.g. if the solenoid valve is in good condition and if the capillary pipe is blocked? No Replace the liquid bypass sub-assembly Yes When the exhaust temperature of compressor is higher than :KHWKHUWKHRSHQQHVVRIFRUUHVSRQGLQJ indoor unit electronic expansion valve is increased? No Check if the electronic expansion valve is correct No Yes Change the outdoor unit mainboard Yes When the exhaust temperature of compressor is KLJKHUWKDQ:KHWKHUFRPSUHVVRU reduces its capacity? Change corresponding electronic expansion valve Sub-Assy No Change the mainboard chip of the outdoor units Yes Check if the capacity output of outdoor unit is equal to the capacity demand of indoor units? No Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit Yes Repair the leakage of system pipe and add refrigerant according to the required volume 176 Notes: (1) The AC frequency conversion machine includes air-out senor and shell top sensor. (2) The temperature protection point in different machines are different. (3) There is no liquid refrigerant by-pass in frequency conversion machine. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.4 Communication Failure Error display on hand controller: E6 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: dark; led3: blink; led2: blink; led1:dark Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:blink; yellow led:blink FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink(dark at the same time); yellow led:blink New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:blink; yellow led:blink Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:blink; yellow led:blink Communication error Check if the communication line of indoor unit is connected˛ No Check the orientation of plug and socket No Replace the communication line No Check the orientation of plug and socket No Please mount the included magnetic ring No Please supply power to the outdoor unit No Change the repeated address codes Yes Measure if the communication line is through? Yes Check if the communication line of indoor and outdoor unit is connected c orrectly? Yes Check if the two ends of communication line are mounted with magnetic ring? Yes Check if the outdoor unit is electrically powered? Yes If the address codes of indoor units in the same system are repeated? Yes If the address code of wired controller complies with the address code of the connected indoor unit? No Change the address code of wired controller 177 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.5 Temperature sensor Trouble 1) Outdoor ambient temperature sensor error Error display on hand controller: F4 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: dark; led3: dark; led2: dark; led1: dark Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark 2) Outdoor coil pipe inlet sensor trouble Error display on hand controller: F5 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: blink; led3: dark; led2: dark; led1: blink 3) Outdoor coil pipe middle sensor trouble Error display on hand controller: F6 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: blink; led3: dark; led2: blink; led1: dark 4) Outdoor coil pipe outlet sensor trouble Error display on hand controller: F7 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: blink; led3: dark; led2: blink; led1: blink Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark 5) Fixed-frequency exhaust temperature sensor error Error display on hand controller: F8 2XWGRRUXQLWVPDLQERDUGLQGLFDWRUOHGEOLQNOHGEOLQNOHGGDUNOHGGDUN¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ OHGEOLQNOHGEOLQNOHGGDUNOHGEULJKW¿[HGIUHTXHQF\ 6) Variable-frequency exhaust temperature sensor error Error display on hand controller: F9 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4:blink; led3: blink; led2: dark; led1: blink (air-out sensor) led4:bright; led3: dark; led2: dark; led1:blink (sensor of housing head cover) 178 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7) Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Temperature sensor error If the plug on temperature sensor is correctly connected to the socket on mainboard? No Check the orientation of plug and socket Yes Remove the temperature and measure if its resistance is within normal range? No Replace the temperature sensor Yes Replace the mainboard of indoor unit 2.6 Sensor Trouble 1) High-voltage sensor error Error display on hand controller: Fc Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: bright; led3: blink; led2: blink; led1: blink Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Pressure sensor error Check if the plug of high pressure sensor is correctly connected to the socket? No Check the orientation of plug and socket Yes Measure if the output value (DC voltage) of the outdoor mainboard socket is normal? Yes Replace the high pressure sensor No Replace the mainboard of outdoor unit Troubleshooting steps for low-voltage sensor and high-voltage sensor 2) Low-voltage sensor error Error display on hand controller: Fd Outdoor units mainboard indicator: led4: bright; led3: bright; led2: blink; led1: blink 179 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blinkl; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark 2.7 No energization to the unit and mainboard No energization to the unit and mainboard NO Check the units main wiring board L1: if N voltage is 220V. Check if the power of wiring board is in trouble YES NO Check if the air switch of the units is : ON Turn the air switch lamp: ON YES Check if the phase sequence protector of the units is blight. NO Adjust the phase sequence of the three-phase power of main wiring board YES Check if 220V transformer of the mainboard is output. NO Check the connection. YES Connect with primary coil, and then check if the 12V,5V transformers are output. 180 NO Replace the transformer. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.8 The AC contactor does not pull in The AC contactor of compressor does not pull in If the units in normal start-up state(no trouble display) NO Check corresponding content according to the indicating error code on hand controller. YES Check if the contactor coil is supplied with power. YES Replace AC contactor. NO Check if the mainboard corresponding compressor relay is output. YES Check the circuit. NO Replace the mainboard 181 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.9 Typical troubleshooting (E5) for DC frequency conversion drive board :KHQWKHHUURU(DULVHVSOHDVH¿UVWO\FKHFNWKH/('VWDWXVRIWKHPDLQFRQWUROERDUGGULYHERDUGRIWKHIDQPRWRU DQGDOVRGULYHERDUGRIWKHFRPSUHVVRUDIWHUWKDWFRQ¿UPZKDWWKHHUURULVWKURXJKWKHHUURUOLVW¿QDOO\FKHFNRXWDQG eliminate the error. 1) Solution to the Communication Error between the Compressor Drive Board and the Main Control Board Communication error between the compressor drive board and the main control board. Check if the main control board and the compressor drive board are powered on NO Check if the power cords of the main control board and the compressor drive board are in good condition. YES YES Check if the communication line between the main control board and the compressor drive board is connected well NO NO Replace the main control board and see if the error is eliminated. NO Replace the compressor drive board and see if the error is eliminated. It is finished 182 NO Make the connection of the communication line in good condition and see if the error is eliminated DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2) Solution to the Compressor Drive Board and IPM Module Protection Error Compressor Drive Board and IPM Module Protection Check if the compressor YES NO runs or not before the IPM module comes into protection When the compressor comes into protection after running for a period of time, then check if the screws of the IPM module are tightened. Check if the connection of the power cards of the main board and the drive board is in good condition NO If the screws of the IPM module are already tightened, power the unit on again and see if it will still come into protection YES YES YES Replace the compressor drive board and see if it will still come into protection NO YES Replace the broken-down compressor It is finished Method to test if the IPM Module IS Shortcut: 1) Preparation before check: prepare a universal meter which is turned to the diode option, and then remove the wires U, V, W from the drive board of the compressor which has been powered off for one minute. UVW 2) The test comes into two steps Step 1: put the black probe of the universal meter on the P N place P and the red on the wiring terminal U, V, W respectively to measure the voltage between UP, VP, WP. Step 1: put the red probe of the universal meter on the place N and the black on the wiring terminal U, V, W respectively to measure the voltage between NU, NV, NW. 3) If the measured valves between UP, VP, WP, NU, NV, NW are all among 0.3V~0.7V, it indicates the IPM is normal; if there is any value which is 0V, it indicates that the IPM module is damaged. 183 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3) Solution to the DC Bus High Voltage Protection DC Bus High Voltage Protection Check if the input voltage is larger than 460V? YES Adjust the voltage to 380V and then see if the error is eliminated NO NO Replace the compressor drive board It is finished 4) Solution to DC Bus Low Voltage Protection DC Bus Low Voltage Protection Check if the input voltage is lower than 320V? YES Adjust the voltage to 380V and then see if the error is eliminated? NO NO Replace the compressor drive board It is finished Note: For both the compressor and fan motor drive boards, the solution to DC bus low/high voltage protection is the same. 5) Solution to the Open Phase Protection Open Phase Check if the power cord of the compressor is connected properly NO Connect the power cord properly and see if the error is eliminated YES Replace the compressor drive board It is finished 184 NO DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6) Solution to the Current Transducer Error Current Transducer Error Replace the compressor drive board It is finished 7) Solution to IPM High Temperature Protection IPM Module High Temperature Protection Check if the error arises once the power is on? YES Replace the compressor drive board NO Check if the screws have been fastened and if the coolant have been applied to the IPM module? It is finished 8) Solution to Fan Motor High Drive Current Protection Fan Motor High Drive Current Protection Check if the resistance between U, V, W is equal and if the ground is shortcut? YES Replace the motor NO Replace the fan motor drive board It is finished 185 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 9) Solution to the Communication Error of the Fan Motor Drive Board Communication Error between the Fan Drive Board and Main Control Board Check if both the main control board and the fan motor drive board are powered on NO Check if the power cords of the fan motor drive board and the main control board are connected properly YES YES Check the communication line between the fan motor drive board and the main control board is connected properly NO Connect the communication line properly and see if the error is eliminated YES NO Replace the main control board and see if the error is eliminated NO Replace the fan motor drive board and see if the error is eliminated It is finished 10) Solution to the Fan Motor Overheating Protection Fan Motor Overheating Protection Check if the overheating protective resistance of the fan motor is 0 or if the grounding of the fan motor is shortcut NO Replace the fan motor drive board It is finished 186 YES Replace the motor DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.10 E5 Protection Error display on hand controller: E5 Outdoor units mainboard indicator: / Indoor units mainboard indicators: Patio indoor units: red led: blink:red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; yellow led:dark New FY wall-mounting motor: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark Hanging indoor units: red led:blink; green led:dark; yellow led:dark 1RWH$OOWKHGULYHHUURUVDUHVKRZQDV(WKXVFKHFNWKHHUURULQGLFDWRUVRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWV¿UVWDQG¿QGWKH specific error according to the code and refer to the following 2.10” Typical Troubleshooting(E5) for DC frequency conversion drive board”. Abnormal overcurrent error If the compressor wiring is correct No Adjust the compressor wiring Yes If the current value is higher than the preset value of protector No Replace the overcurrent protector Yes If the high voltage of unit is normal No Refer to high voltage protection Yes If the voltage is normal No Contact the power supply company Yes The communication resumes to normal 187 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 1) The LCD will display current protection upon startup. Current protection Is voltage of power supply normal˛ No Adjust parameter of power supply Yes Disconnect compressor wire Restart the unit Yes Is there overcurrent protection˛ No Replace compressor Yes Replace the damaged module Note˖DC inverter unit can not be tested by disconnecting the compressor wire 2) The LCD will display current protection after it runs for a while. Inspect match of indoor unit No Adjust the indoor unit to suitable capacity Yes Adjust it to be within the permitted range Within 135% Yes Inspect charging volume? Yes Over charge No Voltage of DC monitoring module P, N Voltage is kept within 252~330V, without 10V or more variation. No Compressor and module are damaged 188 Yes Replace the damaged DC capacitor DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.11 PFC Protection E5 is displayed on the wired controller Monitoring display Nixie tube of mainboar d PFC abnormal Hc is displayed Inspect the mainboar d 1 min af ter power off or the buss voltage is below 36V No Is it wet,dirty or short-circuit? Yes Dry, and clean it or remove short circuit. No Restart the unit. circuit work work ? Is + 15V of mainboard stable? 15VA-pin 1,2 No Yes Yes 1. If it is affected by damp, find out the reason and take some precautionary measures. After drying the mainboard , brush it with damp proof gum water . 2. If it is polluted, find out the reason and protect it from dust . If the environment is bad , clean the dirt periodically. 3. If it is short-circuit, find out the reason and clean the electric box so as to prevent the conductive matter such as iron chippings adhering on the board Is IPM module of mainboard damaged? Yes No Replace mainboard It is recorded 189 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.12 IPM Protecion E5 is displayed on the wired controller Monitoring display Nixie tube of mainboard Display H5 IPM protection Inspect the mainboard 1 min after power off or the buss voltage is below 36V No Is it wet,dirty or short-circuit? Yes Dry, and clean it or remove short circuit. No Restart the unit. Does it work normally? Is compressor wire loose or is phase sequence wrong? Yes No , . Is + 15V of mainboard stable? 15VA-pin 1,2 No Yes 1. If it is affected by damp, find out the reason and take some precautionary measures. After drying the mainboard brush it with damp proof gum water 2. If it is polluted, find out the reason and protect it from dust . If the environment is bad , clean the dirt periodically. 3. If it is short-circuit, find out the reason and clean the electric box so as to prevent the conductive matter such as iron chippings adhering on the board Yes Is IPM module of mainboard damaged? No Replace mainboard It is recorded 190 Yes Tighten the compressor wire or adjust the phase sequence DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.13 Trip Trip Yes Is leak switch trip open? No No Does switch capacity meet the requirements? Yes Mount the electric switch according to the capacity requirements. No Does it trip upon energization? Yes Yes Is PFC module on the mainboard short-circuit? Replace mainboard Check if AC contactors are connected. Ensure that there is not short circuit between P-N Yes The system is abnormal Check the compressor wiring and winding for short circuit. No Are relays K8 ON the mainboard connected ? No Is PFC module on the mainboard short-circuit? Leakage current is large. Check the leakage spot and deal with it. No Yes Wrong relay; replace mainboard. Replace mainboard Check line chart It is recorded and reflected 191 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.14 Superheat Protection of Radiator E5 is displayed on the wired controller Monitoring display Nixie tube of mainboar d Superheat protection of radiator P8 is displayed Is radiating of outdoor unit in good state? No If short circuit happens to air outtake and air return of outdoor unit, the radiating effect will be worse. Yes Is radiator dirty or blocked? Yes If r adiator is dirty or blocked, the radiating will be worse. No If the module is loose. its temperature will be too high,which may burn the module. No Is module worse? Yes Is silica gel of module even? No If r adiating silica gel is too thick, it will affect radiating or cause misjudge due to uneven temperature, or burn the module. Yes Does silica gel of module meet the requirements? Yes Check if temperature sensor and voltage dividing resistance are normal. Yes It is recorded and reflected. 192 No If radiating silica gel is too thick, it will affec t radiating or even burn the module. DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 2.15 DC Overvoltage Protection E5 is displayed on the wired controller Monitoring display Nixie tube of mainboard Overvoltage protection of DC bus PH is displayed No Is input voltage within the running range (185~264VAC) Yes Does it occur during running of compressor? Yes No How many times does it occur within 1 hour. No Yes No It is caused by interference, Inspect wiring or interference source . Take some actions o prevent interference Does it occur during frequency drop of compressor? Yes Replace mainboard It is caused by slowdown of the compressor. If it always happens, inspect the compressor. The voltage is too high.Please cut off the power immediately in case damaging the unit or causing fire accident. It is recorded and reflected. 193 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 3 POWER DISTRIBUTION 3.1 Diagram of Power Distribution Power Supply Control signal of temperature sensor, electronic expansion valve, high and low pressure switch ect. Air switch Filter board Compressor Mainboard Indoor unit Control signal of 4-way valve, gas bypass, electric heating tape ect. (The thick lien represents power line while thin line represents the control line.) 3.2 Introduction of Main Electric Parts of Inverter System Name Photo Introduction ,WLVPDLQO\XVHGIRU¿OWHULQJWKH intererence of the power supply and prevent the unit from interfering the power supply so that the operation of the unit will not affect the other electric appliances such as TV. :DYH¿OWHU Air switch 194 Connect or disconnect the main circuit,; with overcurrent and short circuit protection function DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual IPM module IPM module is integrated with 3 pair complementary IGBT tube, whose connection and disconnection are controlled through PWM so that DC bus voltage is imposed to the winding of compressor. The magnetic ¿HOGZLOOHQDEOHWKHURWRUWRURWDWH for running of the compressor. PFC module IPM module is integrated with 4 LED an 2 MOS tubes. The AC power is converted into DC power and theconnection and disconnection of MOS tube are controlled through PWM so that voltage is increased, 3.3 Wiring diadram NOTE: This drawing is just for reference; please always refer to the electric wiring stuck to the unit for actual wiring. GMV-Pdm224W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm280W/NaB-M, 195 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual GMV-Pdm335W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm400W/NaB-M,GMV-Pdm450W/NaB-M, 196 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4 TABLE OF THE RESISTANCES OF COMMON TEMPERATURE SENSORS Nȍ Temp. ( ) Resistance Nȍ Voltage (15K/5V) Voltage (15K/3.3V) Temp. ( ) Resistance Nȍ Voltage (15K/5V) Voltage (15K/3.3V) -20 144.000 0.472 0.311 71 2.523 4.280 2.825 -19 138.100 0.490 0.323 72 2.439 4.301 2.838 -18 128.600 0.522 0.345 73 2.358 4.321 2.852 -17 121.600 0.549 0.362 74 2.280 4.340 2.865 -16 115.000 0.577 0.381 75 2.205 4.359 2.877 -15 108.700 0.606 0.400 76 2.133 4.378 2.889 -14 102.900 0.636 0.420 77 2.064 4.395 2.901 -13 97.400 0.667 0.440 78 1.997 4.413 2.912 -12 92.220 0.699 0.462 79 1.933 4.429 2.923 -11 87.350 0.733 0.484 80 1.871 4.445 2.934 -10 82.750 0.767 0.506 81 1.811 4.461 2.945 -9 78.430 0.803 0.530 82 1.754 4.477 2.955 -8 74.350 0.839 0.554 83 1.699 4.491 2.964 -7 70.500 0.877 0.579 84 1.645 4.506 2.974 -6 66.880 0.916 0.605 85 1.594 4.520 2.983 -5 63.460 0.956 0.631 86 1.544 4.533 2.992 -4 60.230 0.997 0.658 87 1.497 4.546 3.001 -3 57.180 1.039 0.686 88 1.451 4.559 3.009 -2 54.310 1.082 0.714 89 1.408 4.571 3.017 -1 51.590 1.126 0.743 90 1.363 4.584 3.025 0 49.020 1.172 0.773 91 1.322 4.595 3.033 1 46.800 1.214 0.801 92 1.282 4.606 3.040 2 44.310 1.265 0.835 93 1.244 4.617 3.047 3 42.140 1.313 0.866 94 1.207 4.628 3.054 4 40.090 1.361 0.899 95 1.171 4.638 3.061 5 38.150 1.411 0.931 96 1.136 4.648 3.068 6 36.320 1.461 0.965 97 1.103 4.658 3.074 7 34.580 1.513 0.998 98 1.071 4.667 3.080 8 32.940 1.564 1.033 99 1.039 4.676 3.086 9 31.380 1.617 1.067 100 1.009 4.685 3.092 10 29.900 1.670 1.102 101 0.980 4.693 3.098 11 28.510 1.724 1.138 102 0.952 4.702 3.103 12 27.180 1.778 1.174 103 0.925 4.710 3.108 13 25.920 1.833 1.210 104 0.898 4.717 3.114 14 24.730 1.888 1.246 105 0.873 4.725 3.119 15 23.600 1.943 1.282 106 0.848 4.732 3.123 16 22.530 1.998 1.319 107 0.825 4.739 3.128 17 21.510 2.054 1.356 108 0.802 4.746 3.133 18 20.540 2.110 1.393 109 0.779 4.753 3.137 19 19.630 2.166 1.429 110 0.758 4.760 3.141 20 18.750 2.222 1.467 111 0.737 4.766 3.145 21 17.930 2.278 1.503 112 0.717 4.772 3.150 22 17.140 2.334 1.540 113 0.697 4.778 3.153 23 16.390 2.389 1.577 114 0.678 4.784 3.157 197 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 198 24 15.680 2.445 1.613 115 0.660 4.789 3.161 25 15.000 2.500 1.650 116 0.642 4.795 3.165 26 14.360 2.554 1.686 117 0.625 4.800 3.168 27 13.740 2.610 1.722 118 0.608 4.805 3.171 28 13.160 2.663 1.758 119 0.592 4.810 3.175 29 12.600 2.717 1.793 120 0.577 4.815 3.178 30 12.070 2.771 1.829 121 0.561 4.820 3.181 31 11.570 2.823 1.863 122 0.547 4.824 3.184 32 11.090 2.875 1.897 123 0.532 4.829 3.187 33 10.630 2.926 1.931 124 0.519 4.833 3.190 34 10.200 2.976 1.964 125 0.505 4.837 3.192 35 9.779 3.027 1.998 126 0.492 4.841 3.195 36 9.382 3.076 2.030 127 0.480 4.845 3.198 37 9.003 3.125 2.062 128 0.467 4.849 3.200 38 8.642 3.172 2.094 129 0.456 4.853 3.203 39 8.297 3.219 2.125 130 0.444 4.856 3.205 41 7.653 3.311 2.185 131 0.433 4.860 3.207 42 7.352 3.355 2.215 132 0.422 4.863 3.210 43 7.065 3.399 2.243 133 0.412 4.866 3.212 44 6.791 3.442 2.272 134 0.401 4.870 3.214 45 6.529 3.484 2.299 135 0.391 4.873 3.216 46 6.278 3.525 2.326 136 0.382 4.876 3.218 47 6.038 3.565 2.353 137 0.372 4.879 3.220 48 5.809 3.604 2.379 138 0.363 4.882 3.222 49 5.589 3.643 2.404 139 0.355 4.885 3.224 50 5.379 3.680 2.429 140 0.346 4.887 3.226 51 5.179 3.717 2.453 141 0.338 4.890 3.227 52 4.986 3.753 2.477 142 0.330 4.892 3.229 53 4.802 3.787 2.500 143 0.322 4.895 3.231 54 4.625 3.822 2.522 144 0.314 4.897 3.232 55 4.456 3.855 2.544 145 0.307 4.900 3.234 56 4.294 3.887 2.566 146 0.299 4.902 3.235 57 4.139 3.919 2.586 147 0.292 4.904 3.237 58 3.990 3.949 2.607 148 0.286 4.907 3.238 59 3.848 3.979 2.626 149 0.279 4.909 3.240 60 3.711 4.008 2.646 150 0.273 4.911 3.241 61 3.579 4.037 2.664 151 0.266 4.913 3.242 62 3.454 4.064 2.682 152 0.261 4.914 3.244 63 3.333 4.091 2.700 153 0.254 4.917 3.245 64 3.217 4.117 2.717 154 0.248 4.919 3.246 65 3.105 4.143 2.734 155 0.243 4.920 3.247 66 2.998 4.167 2.750 156 0.237 4.922 3.249 67 2.898 4.190 2.766 157 0.232 4.924 3.250 68 2.797 4.214 2.781 158 0.227 4.926 3.251 69 2.702 4.237 2.796 159 0.222 4.927 3.252 70 2.611 4.259 2.811 160 0.217 4.929 3.253 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Nȍ Temp. ( ) Resistance Nȍ Volt. (20K/5V) Volt. (20K/3.3V) Temp. ( ) Resitance Nȍ Volt. (20K/5V) Volt. (20K/3.3V) -30 361.8 0.262 0.173 66 3.998 4.167 2.750 -29 339.8 0.278 0.183 67 3.861 4.191 2.766 -28 319.2 0.295 0.195 68 3.729 4.214 2.781 -27 300 0.313 0.206 69 3.603 4.237 2.796 -26 282.2 0.331 0.218 70 3.481 4.259 2.811 -25 265.5 0.350 0.231 71 3.364 4.280 2.825 -24 249.9 0.371 0.245 72 3.252 4.301 2.838 -23 235.3 0.392 0.259 73 3.144 4.321 2.852 -22 221.6 0.414 0.273 74 3.04 4.340 2.865 -21 208.9 0.437 0.288 75 2.94 4.359 2.877 -20 196.9 0.461 0.304 76 2.844 4.378 2.889 -19 181.4 0.497 0.328 77 2.752 4.395 2.901 -18 171.4 0.522 0.345 78 2.663 4.412 2.912 -17 162.1 0.549 0.362 79 2.577 4.429 2.923 -16 153.3 0.577 0.381 80 2.495 4.445 2.934 -15 145 0.606 0.400 81 2.415 4.461 2.944 -14 137.2 0.636 0.420 82 2.339 4.476 2.954 -13 129.9 0.667 0.440 83 2.265 4.491 2.964 -12 123 0.699 0.462 84 2.194 4.506 2.974 -11 116.5 0.733 0.484 85 2.125 4.520 2.983 -10 110.3 0.767 0.507 86 2.059 4.533 2.992 -9 104.6 0.803 0.530 87 1.996 4.546 3.001 -8 99.13 0.839 0.554 88 1.934 4.559 3.009 -7 94 0.877 0.579 89 1.875 4.571 3.017 -6 89.17 0.916 0.605 90 1.818 4.583 3.025 -5 84.61 0.956 0.631 91 1.763 4.595 3.033 -4 80.31 0.997 0.658 92 1.71 4.606 3.040 -3 76.24 1.039 0.686 93 1.658 4.617 3.047 -2 72.41 1.082 0.714 94 1.609 4.628 3.054 -1 68.79 1.126 0.743 95 1.561 4.638 3.061 0 65.37 1.171 0.773 96 1.515 4.648 3.068 1 62.13 1.218 0.804 97 1.47 4.658 3.074 2 59.08 1.265 0.835 98 1.427 4.667 3.080 3 56.19 1.313 0.866 99 1.386 4.676 3.086 4 53.46 1.361 0.898 100 1.346 4.685 3.092 5 50.87 1.411 0.931 101 1.307 4.693 3.098 6 48.42 1.462 0.965 102 1.269 4.702 3.103 7 46.11 1.513 0.998 103 1.233 4.710 3.108 8 43.92 1.564 1.033 104 1.198 4.717 3.114 9 41.84 1.617 1.067 105 1.164 4.725 3.119 10 39.87 1.670 1.102 106 1.131 4.732 3.123 11 38.01 1.724 1.138 107 1.099 4.740 3.128 12 36.24 1.778 1.174 108 1.069 4.746 3.133 13 34.57 1.833 1.209 109 1.039 4.753 3.137 14 32.98 1.888 1.246 110 1.01 4.760 3.141 15 31.47 1.943 1.282 111 0.9825 4.766 3.145 16 30.04 1.998 1.319 112 0.9556 4.772 3.150 17 28.68 2.054 1.356 113 0.9295 4.778 3.153 199 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 200 18 27.39 2.110 1.393 114 0.9043 4.784 3.157 19 26.17 2.166 1.429 115 0.8799 4.789 3.161 20 25.01 2.222 1.466 116 0.8562 4.795 3.165 21 23.9 2.278 1.503 117 0.8333 4.800 3.168 22 22.85 2.334 1.540 118 0.8111 4.805 3.171 23 21.85 2.389 1.577 119 0.7895 4.810 3.175 24 20.9 2.445 1.614 120 0.7687 4.815 3.178 25 20 2.500 1.650 121 0.7485 4.820 3.181 26 19.14 2.555 1.686 122 0.7289 4.824 3.184 27 18.32 2.610 1.722 123 0.7099 4.829 3.187 28 17.55 2.663 1.758 124 0.6915 4.833 3.190 29 16.8 2.717 1.793 125 0.6736 4.837 3.192 30 16.1 2.770 1.828 126 0.6563 4.841 3.195 31 15.43 2.822 1.863 127 0.6395 4.845 3.198 32 14.79 2.874 1.897 128 0.6232 4.849 3.200 33 14.18 2.926 1.931 129 0.6074 4.853 3.203 34 13.59 2.977 1.965 130 0.5921 4.856 3.205 35 13.04 3.027 1.998 131 0.5772 4.860 3.207 36 12.51 3.076 2.030 132 0.5627 4.863 3.210 37 12 3.125 2.063 133 0.5487 4.866 3.212 38 11.52 3.173 2.094 134 0.5351 4.870 3.214 39 11.06 3.220 2.125 135 0.5219 4.873 3.216 40 10.62 3.266 2.155 136 0.509 4.876 3.218 41 10.2 3.311 2.185 137 0.4966 4.879 3.220 42 9.803 3.355 2.215 138 0.4845 4.882 3.222 43 9.42 3.399 2.243 139 0.4727 4.885 3.224 44 9.054 3.442 2.272 140 0.4613 4.887 3.226 45 8.705 3.484 2.299 141 0.4502 4.890 3.227 46 8.37 3.525 2.326 142 0.4394 4.893 3.229 47 8.051 3.565 2.353 143 0.4289 4.895 3.231 48 7.745 3.604 2.379 144 0.4187 4.897 3.232 49 7.453 3.643 2.404 145 0.4088 4.900 3.234 50 7.173 3.680 2.429 146 0.3992 4.902 3.235 51 6.905 3.717 2.453 147 0.3899 4.904 3.237 52 6.648 3.753 2.477 148 0.3808 4.907 3.238 53 6.403 3.787 2.500 149 0.3719 4.909 3.240 54 6.167 3.822 2.522 150 0.3633 4.911 3.241 55 5.942 3.855 2.544 151 0.3549 4.913 3.242 56 5.726 3.887 2.565 152 0.3468 4.915 3.244 57 5.519 3.919 2.586 153 0.3389 4.917 3.245 58 5.32 3.949 2.607 154 0.3312 4.919 3.246 59 5.13 3.979 2.626 155 0.3237 4.920 3.247 60 4.948 4.008 2.646 156 0.3164 4.922 3.249 61 4.773 4.037 2.664 157 0.3093 4.924 3.250 62 4.605 4.064 2.682 158 0.3024 4.926 3.251 63 4.443 4.091 2.700 159 0.2956 4.927 3.252 64 4.289 4.117 2.717 160 0.2891 4.929 3.253 65 4.14 4.143 2.734 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Nȍ Temp. ( ) Resistance Nȍ Volt. (10K/5V) Volt. (10K/3.3V) Tem. ( ) Resistance Nȍ Volt. (10K/5V) Volt. (10K/3.3V) -30 911.56 0.054 0.036 61 11.736 2.300 1.518 -29 853.66 0.058 0.038 62 11.322 2.345 1.548 -28 799.98 0.062 0.041 63 10.925 2.389 1.577 -27 750.18 0.066 0.043 64 10.544 2.434 1.606 -26 703.92 0.070 0.046 65 10.178 2.478 1.635 -25 660.93 0.075 0.049 66 9.8269 2.522 1.664 -24 620.94 0.079 0.052 67 9.4896 2.565 1.693 -23 583.72 0.084 0.056 68 9.1655 2.609 1.722 -22 549.04 0.089 0.059 69 8.9542 2.638 1.741 -21 516.71 0.095 0.063 70 8.5551 2.695 1.778 -20 486.55 0.101 0.066 71 8.2676 2.737 1.806 -19 458.4 0.107 0.070 72 7.9913 2.779 1.834 -18 432.1 0.113 0.075 73 7.7257 2.821 1.862 -17 407.51 0.120 0.079 74 7.4702 2.862 1.889 -16 384.51 0.127 0.084 75 7.2245 2.903 1.916 -15 362.99 0.134 0.088 76 6.9882 2.943 1.943 -14 342.83 0.142 0.094 77 6.7608 2.983 1.969 -13 323.94 0.150 0.099 78 6.542 3.023 1.995 -12 306.23 0.158 0.104 79 6.3315 3.062 2.021 -11 289.61 0.167 0.110 80 6.1288 3.100 2.046 -10 274.02 0.176 0.116 81 5.9336 3.138 2.071 -9 259.37 0.186 0.123 82 5.7457 3.175 2.096 -8 245.61 0.196 0.129 83 5.5647 3.212 2.120 -7 232.67 0.206 0.136 84 5.3903 3.249 2.144 -6 220.5 0.217 0.143 85 5.2223 3.285 2.168 -5 209.05 0.228 0.151 86 5.0605 3.320 2.191 -4 198.27 0.240 0.158 87 4.9044 3.355 2.214 -3 188.12 0.252 0.167 88 4.7541 3.389 2.237 -2 178.65 0.265 0.175 89 4.6091 3.423 2.259 -1 169.68 0.278 0.184 90 4.4693 3.456 2.281 0 161.02 0.292 0.193 91 4.3345 3.488 2.302 1 153 0.307 0.202 92 4.2044 3.520 2.323 2 145.42 0.322 0.212 93 4.0789 3.551 2.344 3 138.26 0.337 0.223 94 3.9579 3.582 2.364 4 131.5 0.353 0.233 95 3.841 3.612 2.384 5 126.17 0.367 0.242 96 3.7283 3.642 2.404 6 119.08 0.387 0.256 97 3.6194 3.671 2.423 7 113.37 0.405 0.267 98 3.5143 3.700 2.442 8 107.96 0.424 0.280 99 3.4128 3.728 2.460 9 102.85 0.443 0.292 100 3.3147 3.755 2.478 10 98.006 0.463 0.306 101 3.22 3.782 2.496 11 93.42 0.483 0.319 102 3.1285 3.809 2.514 12 89.075 0.505 0.333 103 3.0401 3.834 2.531 13 84.956 0.527 0.348 104 2.9547 3.860 2.547 14 81.052 0.549 0.362 105 2.8721 3.884 2.564 15 77.349 0.572 0.378 106 2.7922 3.909 2.580 16 73.896 0.596 0.393 107 2.715 3.932 2.595 201 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 202 17 70.503 0.621 0.410 108 2.6404 3.956 2.611 18 67.338 0.647 0.427 109 2.5682 3.978 2.626 19 64.333 0.673 0.444 110 2.4983 4.001 2.640 20 61.478 0.700 0.462 111 2.4308 4.022 2.655 21 58.766 0.727 0.480 112 2.3654 4.044 2.669 22 56.189 0.755 0.499 113 2.3021 4.064 2.682 23 53.738 0.784 0.518 114 2.2409 4.085 2.696 24 51.408 0.814 0.537 115 2.1816 4.105 2.709 25 49.191 0.845 0.558 116 2.1242 4.124 2.722 26 47.082 0.876 0.578 117 2.0686 4.143 2.734 27 45.074 0.908 0.599 118 2.0148 4.162 2.747 28 43.163 0.941 0.621 119 1.9626 4.180 2.759 29 41.313 0.974 0.643 120 1.9123 4.197 2.770 30 39.61 1.008 0.665 121 1.8652 4.214 2.781 31 37.958 1.043 0.688 122 1.8158 4.232 2.793 32 36.384 1.078 0.711 123 1.7698 4.248 2.804 33 34.883 1.114 0.735 124 1.7253 4.264 2.814 34 33.453 1.151 0.759 125 1.6821 4.280 2.825 35 32.088 1.188 0.784 126 1.6402 4.295 2.835 36 30.787 1.226 0.809 127 1.5996 4.310 2.845 37 29.544 1.264 0.835 128 1.5602 4.325 2.855 38 28.359 1.303 0.860 129 1.522 4.340 2.864 39 27.227 1.343 0.886 130 1.485 4.354 2.873 40 26.147 1.383 0.913 131 1.449 4.367 2.882 41 25.114 1.424 0.940 132 1.4141 4.381 2.891 42 24.128 1.465 0.967 133 1.3803 4.394 2.900 43 23.186 1.507 0.994 134 1.3474 4.406 2.908 44 22.286 1.549 1.022 135 1.3155 4.419 2.916 45 21.425 1.591 1.050 136 1.2846 4.431 2.924 46 20.601 1.634 1.078 137 1.2545 4.443 2.932 47 19.814 1.677 1.107 138 1.2233 4.455 2.940 48 19.061 1.721 1.136 139 1.1969 4.466 2.947 49 18.34 1.764 1.164 140 1.1694 4.477 2.955 50 17.651 1.808 1.193 141 1.1476 4.485 2.960 51 16.99 1.853 1.223 142 1.1166 4.498 2.969 52 16.358 1.897 1.252 143 1.0913 4.508 2.975 53 15.753 1.942 1.281 144 1.0667 4.518 2.982 54 15.173 1.986 1.311 145 1.0429 4.528 2.988 55 14.618 2.031 1.340 146 1.0197 4.537 2.995 56 14.085 2.076 1.370 147 0.9971 4.547 3.001 57 13.575 2.121 1.400 148 0.9752 4.556 3.007 58 13.086 2.166 1.429 149 0.9538 4.565 3.013 59 12.617 2.211 1.459 150 0.9331 4.573 3.018 60 12.368 2.235 1.475 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5 FEATURES OF THE HIGHT/LOW PRESSURE SENSORS 5.1 Features of the High Pressure Sensors (R410a) Temp.( ) Absolute Pressure(kPa) Volt. (V) -40 176 0.102 -39 184 0.111 -38 193 0.120 -37 202 0.130 -36 211 -35 220 -34 -33 Temp. ( ) Absolute Pressure(kPa) Volt. (V) 16 1300 1.300 17 1337 1.340 18 1375 1.380 19 1413 1.421 0.139 20 1453 1.463 0.149 21 1493 1.506 230 0.160 22 1535 1.551 240 0.170 23 1577 1.596 -32 250 0.181 24 1620 1.641 -31 261 0.193 25 1664 1.688 -30 273 0.206 26 1708 1.735 -29 283 0.216 27 1754 1.784 -28 295 0.229 28 1801 1.834 -27 307 0.242 29 1848 1.884 -26 319 0.255 30 1897 1.937 -25 332 0.268 31 1946 1.989 -24 345 0.282 32 1996 2.042 -23 359 0.297 33 2048 2.098 -22 373 0.312 34 2100 2.153 -21 388 0.328 35 2153 2.210 -20 403 0.344 36 2208 2.268 -19 418 0.360 37 2263 2.327 -18 434 0.377 38 2320 2.388 -17 450 0.394 39 2377 2.448 -16 467 0.412 40 2436 2.511 -15 484 0.430 41 2495 2.574 -14 502 0.450 42 2556 2.639 -13 520 0.469 43 2618 2.705 -12 538 0.488 44 2681 2.772 -11 558 0.509 45 2745 2.841 -10 577 0.530 46 2810 2.910 -9 597 0.551 47 2876 2.980 -8 618 0.573 48 2944 3.053 -7 639 0.596 49 3013 3.126 -6 661 0.619 50 3083 3.201 -5 684 0.644 51 3154 3.277 -4 707 0.668 52 3226 3.353 -3 730 0.693 53 3300 3.432 -2 754 0.718 54 3374 3.511 -1 779 0.745 55 3450 3.592 0 804 0.772 56 3528 3.675 1 830 0.799 57 3606 3.759 2 857 0.828 58 3686 3.844 3 884 0.857 59 3767 3.930 4 912 0.887 60 3849 4.018 5 940 0.917 61 3932 4.106 203 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 6 969 0.947 62 4017 4.197 7 999 0.979 63 4103 4.288 8 1030 1.012 64 4190 4.381 9 1061 1.046 65 4278 4.475 10 1093 1.080 66 4367 4.570 11 1125 1.114 67 4457 4.666 12 1159 1.150 68 4548 4.763 13 1193 1.186 69 4639 4.860 14 1228 1.224 70 4731 4.958 15 1263 1.261 71 4893 5.130 Absolute Pressure(kPa) Volt. (V) 5.2 Features of the Low Pressure Sensors (R410a) Temp.( 204 ) Absolute Pressure(kPa) Volt. (V) Temp. ( ) -70 36 0.369 -14 502 1.301 -69 38 0.373 -13 520 1.337 -68 40 0.377 -12 538 1.373 -67 43 0.383 -11 558 1.413 -66 46 0.389 -10 577 1.451 -65 48 0.393 -9 597 1.491 -64 51 0.399 -8 618 1.533 -63 54 0.405 -7 639 1.575 -62 57 0.411 -6 661 1.619 -61 61 0.419 -5 684 1.665 -60 64 0.425 -4 707 1.711 -59 68 0.433 -3 730 1.757 -58 72 0.441 -2 754 1.805 -57 76 0.449 -1 799 1.895 -56 80 0.457 0 804 1.905 -55 84 0.465 1 830 1.957 -54 89 0.475 2 857 2.011 -53 94 0.485 3 884 2.065 -52 99 0.495 4 912 2.121 -51 104 0.505 5 940 2.177 -50 109 0.515 6 969 2.235 -49 115 0.527 7 999 2.295 -48 121 0.539 8 1030 2.357 -47 127 0.551 9 1061 2.419 -46 133 0.563 10 1096 2.489 -45 140 0.577 11 1125 2.547 -44 146 0.589 12 1159 2.615 -43 154 0.605 13 1193 2.683 -42 161 0.619 14 1228 2.753 -41 168 0.633 15 1263 2.823 -40 176 0.649 16 1300 2.897 -39 184 0.665 17 1337 2.971 -38 193 0.683 18 1375 3.047 -37 202 0.701 19 1413 3.123 -36 211 0.719 20 1453 3.203 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual -35 220 0.737 21 1493 3.283 -34 230 0.757 22 1535 3.367 -33 240 0.777 23 1577 3.451 -32 250 0.797 24 1620 3.537 -31 261 0.819 25 1664 3.625 -30 272 0.841 26 1708 3.713 -29 283 0.863 27 1754 3.805 -28 295 0.887 28 1801 3.899 -27 307 0.911 29 1848 3.993 -26 319 0.935 30 1897 4.091 -25 332 0.961 31 1946 4.189 -24 345 0.987 32 1996 4.289 -23 359 1.015 33 2048 4.393 -22 373 1.043 34 2100 4.497 -21 388 1.073 35 2153 4.603 -20 403 1.103 36 2208 4.713 -19 418 1.133 37 2263 4.823 -18 434 1.165 38 2320 4.937 -17 450 1.197 39 2377 5.051 -16 467 1.231 40 2439 5.175 -15 484 1.265 6 AFTER-SALES EMERGENCY MEASURES When some unrecoverable fault occurs to one module which is connected with several others in parallel, the following emergency measures are recommended to guarantee the heating or cooling capacity of the indoor units and the service life of modules except the faulted one are not affected. Step 1: set all indoor units under “Off” mode and cut off the power supply to the indoor and outdoor units. Step 2:.shut off all cutoff valves of the faulted outdoor unit, including the cutoff valves of the liquid/gas pipe as well as the oil balancing valve. Step 3: cut off the air switch of the module. Step 4: remove the communication line between the faulted module and other modules which are still kept connected through the communication line. Step 5: readjust the address and quantity settings on the main board of the modules except the faulted one. Step 6: power and restart the unit 205 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS 7. 1 Outdoor Unit Removal and Installation of Compressor Remark: Before removing the compressor, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1. Remove front panel Ɣ/RRVHQWKHVFUHZVRQWKHIURQWSDQHO Ɣ/LIWWKHIURQWSDQHOWRUHPRYHLW Note: there are two buckles for the left and right front panel. Do not pull the front panel directly. It is necessary to lift it before pull it. 2. Remove power cord, electric heater and discharge temperature sensor Ɣ/RRVHQWKHVFUHZ¿[LQJWKHSRZHUFRUG Ɣ'LVFRQQHFWWKHSRZHUFRUG Ɣ3XOORXWWKHHOHOFWULFKHDWHUDQG discharge temperature sensor Note: mark the color of the power cord and corresponding terminal. Mark the power cable color and corresponding terminal, Ɣ/RRVHQWKHVFUHZV ¿[LQJWKHFRPSUHVVRU 5HPRYHWKH¿[QJ screw of compressor loosen the four screws Ɣ+HDWWKHVXFWLRQDQGGLVFKDUJH pipe by gas welding. Then remove the compressor. Ɣ,WLVQHFHVVDU\WRFKDUJHQLWURJHQIRU welding. The pressure of nitrogen is NJIFPDERVLOXWHSUHVVXUH Ɣ'RQRWEXUQWKHVXUURXQGLQJ matters when heating. 4. Remove the suction pipe pull out the exhaust pipe 206 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 5. Remove the compressor Ɣ0RYHWKHFRPSUHVVRUIURPWKHFKDVVLV 6. Fix the new compressor on the chassis Ɣ3XWWKHQHZFRPSUHVVRU in the right position. Ɣ7LJKWHQWKHVFUHZV¿[QJ the compressor. Ɣ7KHFRPSUHVVRUFDQQRWEHSVLGHGRZQ 7. Connect the air inlet and outlet to the pipeline Ɣ+HDWWKHVXFWLRQDQGGLVFKDUJH pipe by gas welding. Then remove the compressor. Ɣ,WLVQHFHVVDU\WRFKDUJHQLWURJHQIRU welding. The pressure of nitrogen is NJIFPUHODWLYHSUHVVXUH Ɣ'RQRWEXUQWKHVXUURXQGLQJ matters when heating 8. Connect the power cord, electric heater and discharge temperature sensor Ɣ0RXQWWKHSRZHUFRUGDFFRUGLQJ to the disassembly sequence. Ɣ7LJKWHQWKHVFUHZV¿[LQJSRZHUFRUG Ɣ0RXQWWKHHOHFWULFKHDWLQJWDSH and discharge temperature sensor. 9. Mount the front panel Mark the power cable color and corresponding terminal Ɣ&KHFNLIWKHSDUWVDQGFRQQHFWLQJ wires are well connected/ Ɣ)L[WKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV 207 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Removal and Assembly of 4-way valve Remark: Before removing the 4-way valve, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction Ɣ5HPRYHWKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV Ɣ/RRVHQWKHZLUH¿[HU of the electric box. Ɣ/RRVHQWKH¿[LQJVFUHZV of the left electric box. 1. Loosen the left ZLUH¿[HURIWKH left electric box and WKH¿[LQJVFUHZV loosen wirefixer 2. Remove the left electric box Ɣ3XWDVXSSRUWRIVXLWDEOHKHLJKW in front of the left electric box. Ɣ7DNHRIIWKHHOHFWULFER[DQGOD\ its front part on the support. 3. Remove 4-way valve parts Ɣ/RRVHQWKHZD\YDOYHSDUWV Ɣ5HPRYHWKHZD\YDOYHSDUWV 4-way valve parts 4. Remove 4-way valve Solder the spots Ɣ+HDWWKHIRXUQR]]OHVRIWKHZD\YDOYH by gad welding. Remove the 4-way valve Ɣ%HIRUHVROGHURIIWKHZD\YDOYH record the direction of 4-way valve and installting position of each nozzle. Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. 5. Remove 4-way valve from the pipe Ɣ5HPRYHZD\YDOYHIURPWKHSLSHOLQH 6. Mount 4-way valve Ɣ0RXQWDQHZZD\YDOYH in the right position. Ɣ&RQHQFWKHQHZZD\ valve to the pipe. Ɣ:UDSWKHZD\YDOYHZLWK wet cloth in case of burnt gliding EORFNDQGLQÀRZRIZDWHU Ɣ&KDUJHQLWURJHQIRUZHOGLQJ ZKRVHSUHVVXUHLVNJI c (relative pressure). 208 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 7. Mount 4-way valve parts Ɣ0RXQWWKHSDUWVRIZD\YDOYH on the new 4-way valve according to the disassembly sequence. 8. Fix electric box DQGWKHZLUH¿[HU Ɣ)L[WKHVFUHZVRIWKHHOHOFWULFER[ Ɣ7LJKWHQWKHZLUH¿[HU of the electric box. 9 Mount front panel Ɣ&KHFNLIWKHSDUWVDQGFRQQHFWLQJ wires are well connected. Ɣ)L[WKHIURQWSDQHO 209 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Removal and Installation of Electronic Expansion Valve Remark: Before removing the electronic expansion valve, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1. Remove the coil of electronic expansion valve Ɣ5HPRYHWKHOHIWDQGULJKWSDQHOV Ɣ5HPRYHWKHFRLORIHOHFWURQLF expansion valve. 2. Disassemble the electronic expansion valve Ɣ6ROGHURIIWKHFRQQHFWLQJSLSH of electronic expansion valve. Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. Solder the spots 3. Take out the electronic expansion valve. Ɣ5HPRYHWKHHOHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQYDOYH 4. Replace the electronic expansion valve. Ɣ:HOGWKHFRQQHFWLQJSLSHRI the elctronic expansion valve. Ɣ:UDSWKHYDOYHZLWKZHWFORWKZKHQ welding the electronic expansion valve. Ɣ&KDUJHQLWURJHQIRUZHOGLQJ ZKRVHSUHVVXUHLVNJI c (relative pressure). Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. Weld the spots 5. Mount the coil of the electronic expansion valve. 6. Mount front panel 210 Electronic Expansion Valve. Ɣ0RXQWFRLORIHOHFWURQLF expansion valve. Ɣ&KHFNLIWKHSDUWVDQGFRQQHFWLQJ wire is well mounted. Ɣ)L[WKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Removal and Assembly of Oil Separator Remark: Before removing the oil separator, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction Ɣ5HPRYHWKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV Ɣ/RRVHQWKHVFUHZVRIRLOVHSDUDWRU Ɣ/RRVHQWKHHOHFWULFKHDWHU on the oil separator. /RRVHQ¿[LQJ screw of oil separator and e-heater Electric Heater Loosen the screw Ɣ6OGHURIIWKHFRQQHFWLQJSLSH Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. 2. Disassemble oil separator Solder the spots 3. Remove oil separator Ɣ0RYHWKHRLOVHSDUDWRUIURPWKHFKDVVLV 4. Mount a new oil separator Ɣ:HOGWKHFRQQHFWLQJVSRWV on the oil separator. Ɣ&KDUJHQLWURJHQIRUZHOGLQJ The pressure of nitrogen should be NJIF (relative pressure). Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. Weld the spots Ɣ)L[WKHVFUHZVRIRLOVHSDUDWRU Ɣ0RXQWHOHFWULFKHDWHU 5. Mount the ¿[LQJVFUHZRIRLO separator and electric heating tape Electric Heater Fix the screw 211 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Ɣ&KHFNLIWKHSDUWVDQGFRQQHFWLQJ wires aire well connected. Ɣ)L[WKHIURQWSDQHO 6. Mount front panel Removal and Assembly of Gas-liquid Separator Remark: Before removing the gas-liquid separator, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction Ɣ5HPRYHWKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV Ɣ/RRVHQWKHZLUH¿[HUXQGHU the right electric box. Ɣ/RRVHQWKHVFUHZV¿[LQJ the right electric box. /RRVHQZLUH¿[HU under the right electric ER[DQGWKH¿[LQJ screw of electric box /RRVHQZLUH¿[HU 2. Remove the right electric box Ɣ3XWDVXSSRUWRIVXLWDEOHKHLJKW in front of the left electric box. Ɣ7DNHRIIWKHHOHFWULFER[DQGOD\ its front part on the support. 3. Disassemble gasliquid separator Ɣ+HDWWKHQR]]OHVE\JDVZHOGLQJ and remove the gas-liquid separator. Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. Solder the spots 4. Remove gasliquid separator Ɣ$GMXVWWKHFRQQHFWLQJSLSHWR pull out the gas-liquid separator. Ɣ0RYHRXWWKHJDVOLTXLG separator from the electric box. 5. Mount a new gasliquid separator Ɣ0RXQWWKHJDVOLTXLGVHSDUDWRU according to the position of inlet and outlet pipe. Weld the 2 connecting spots. Ɣ&KDUJHQLWURJHQIRUZHOGLQJ7KH SUHVVXUHRIQLWURJHQLVNJI c (relative pressure). Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. Weld the spots 212 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 0RXQW¿[LQJ screw of gas-liquid separator and electric heating tape Ɣ0RYHXSWKHHOHFWULFER[DQG¿[LW Ɣ7LJKHQWKHZLUH¿[HURI the right electric box. 7. Mount front panel Ɣ&KHFNLIWKHSDUWVDQGFRQQHFWLQJ wires aire well connected. Ɣ)L[WKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV Removal and Assembly of Liquid Storage Tank Remark: Before removing the liquid storage tank, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction Ɣ5HPRYHWKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV Ɣ/RRVHQWKHOHIWDQGORZHUZLUH ¿[HUVRIWKHOHIWHOHFWULFER[ Ɣ/RRVHQWKHVFUHZV¿[LQJ the left electric box. 1. Loosen the wire ¿[HURIWKHOHIWHOHFWULF box and the screws loosen wirefixer 2. Take off the left electric box Ɣ3XWDVXSSRUWRIVXLWDEOHKHLJKW in front of the left electric box. Ɣ7DNHRIIWKHHOHFWULFER[DQGOD\ its front part on the support. 3. Disassemble the liquid storage tank Ɣ+HDWWKHQR]]OHVE\JDVZHOGLQJ and remove the gas-liquid separator. Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. Solder the spots 213 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 4. Remove the liquid storage tank 5. Mount new liquid storage tank Weld the spots Ɣ$GMXVWWKHFRQQHFWLQJSLSHWR pull out the liquid storage tank. Ɣ0RYHRXWWKHOLTXLGVWRUDJH tank. from the electric box. Ɣ:HOGWKHFRQQHFWLQJVSRWV Ɣ&KDUJHQLWURJHQIRUZHOGLQJ7KH SUHVVXUHRIQLWURJHQLVNJI c (relative pressure). Note: do not burn the other parts during soldering. Ɣ0RYHXSWKHHOHFWULFER[DQG¿[LW Ɣ7LJKHQWKHZLUH¿[HURI the right electric box. 6. Fix electric box DQGZLUH¿[HU 7. Mount the front panel 214 Ɣ&KHFNLIWKHSDUWVDQGFRQQHFWLQJ wires aire well connected. Ɣ)L[WKHOHIWDQGULJKWIURQWSDQHOV DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 8 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LIST 8.1 Outdoor Unit Ɣ([SORGHG9LHZRI*093GP:1D%0H[SORGHGYLHZV Ɣ3DUWV/LVWRI*093GP:1D%0IRU&1: No. Name Code Qty 1 Streamlined Dome 26904101 1 2 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 01313256P 1 3 Front Grill 01238740 1 4 Supported Beam Sub-Assy 01874132P 1 5 Front Panel Supported Beam 01894113P 1 6 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 01324120P 1 7 Front Panel Sub-Assy 01544616P 1 8 Handle 26235253 2 9 Right Side Plate 01313258P 1 215 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 216 10 Rear Cover Plate 01263231P 1 11 Mounting Rack 01324221P 1 12 Front Cover Board 01264223P 1 13 Axial Flow Fan 10338702 1 14 Motor Sub-Assy 0132431501P 1 15 Fan Motor 15704106 1 16 Liquid By-pass Sub-Assy 04634233 1 17 4-way Valve Sub-Assy 04144160 1 18 Suck Tube Sub-Assy 04674172 1 19 Gas By-pass Sub-Assy 04634229 1 20 Accumulator 07424152 1 21 Electromagnetic valve Sub-Assy 43044118 1 22 Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy 07334228 1 23 Cut-off valve Sub-Assy 07334330 1 24 Cut-off valve Sub-Assy 07130365 1 25 Gas Pressure Tested Sub-Assy 06114146 1 26 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204124 1 27 Oil Distributed Sub-Assy 06114145 1 28 Oil Separator 07424187 1 29 Compressor Mounting Plate Sub-Assy 01324242P 1 30 Chassis Assy 01194135P 1 31 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204116 1 32 Mounting Rack 01324222 1 33 Return OIL Sub-Assy 04324739 1 34 Gas-liquid Separator 07424148 1 35 Discharge Tube Sub-Assy 04634267 1 36 (OHFWULFH[SDQGYDOYH¿WWLQJ 4300010810 1 37 Magnet Coil 4304000407 5 38 Air Guard 01354102 1 39 Condenser Assy 0112416001 1 40 Air Guard 01354103 1 41 AC Contactor 44010245 1 42 Phase Reverse Protector 46020054 1 43 Current Breaker 45020214 1 44 Over Current Protector 46020115 1 45 AC Contactor 44010213 1 46 Terminal Board 42011051 1 47 Filter Board 30228111 1 48 Electrical Box Assy 01394839P 1 49 Reactor 43130174 1 50 Main Board 30228606 1 51 Main Board 30220025 1 52 Electric Box Cover 01424252P 1 53 Filter 43130016 1 54 Electrical Supporting Plate 01324318 1 55 Pinboard 30278301 1 56 Transformer 43110237 1 57 Main Board 30229004 1 58 Baseplate Assy 01874137P 1 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Ɣ([SORGHG9LHZRI*093GP:1D%0H[SORGHGYLHZV Ɣ3DUWV/LVWRI*093GP:1D%0IRU&1: No. Name Code Qty 1 Streamlined Dome 26904101 1 2 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 01313256P 1 3 Front Grill 01238740 1 4 Supported Beam Sub-Assy 01874132P 1 5 Front Panel Supported Beam 01894113P 1 6 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 01324120P 1 7 Front Panel Sub-Assy 01544616P 1 8 Handle 26235253 2 9 Right Side Plate 01313258P 1 10 Rear Cover Plate 01263231P 1 11 Mounting Rack 01324221P 1 12 Front Cover Board 01264223P 1 13 Axial Flow Fan 10338702 1 14 Motor Sub-Assy 0132431501P 1 15 Fan Motor 15704106 1 217 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 218 16 Liquid By-pass Sub-Assy 04634233 1 17 4-way Valve Sub-Assy 04144160 1 18 Suck Tube Sub-Assy 04674172 1 19 Gas By-pass Sub-Assy 04634229 1 20 Accumulator 07424152 1 21 Electromagnetic valve Sub-Assy 43044118 1 22 Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy 07334228 1 23 Cut-off valve Sub-Assy 07334330 1 24 Cut-off valve Sub-Assy 07130365 1 25 Gas Pressure Tested Sub-Assy 06114146 1 26 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204124 1 27 Oil Distributed Sub-Assy 06114145 1 28 Oil Separator 07424187 1 29 Compressor Mounting Plate Sub-Assy 01324242P 1 30 Chassis Assy 01194135P 1 31 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204116 1 32 Mounting Rack 01324222 1 33 Return OIL Sub-Assy 04324739 1 34 Gas-liquid Separator 07424148 1 35 Discharge Tube Sub-Assy 04634267 1 36 (OHFWULFH[SDQGYDOYH¿WWLQJ 4300010810 1 37 Magnet Coil 4304000407 5 38 Air Guard 01354102 1 39 Condenser Assy 0112416001 1 40 Air Guard 01354103 1 41 AC Contactor 44010245 1 42 Phase Reverse Protector 46020054 1 43 Current Breaker 45020214 1 44 Over Current Protector 46020115 1 45 AC Contactor 44010213 1 46 Terminal Board 42011051 1 47 Filter Board 30228111 1 48 Electrical Box Assy 01394839P 1 49 Reactor 43130174 1 50 Main Board 30228606 1 51 Main Board 30220025 1 52 Electric Box Cover 01424252P 1 53 Filter 43130016 1 54 Electrical Supporting Plate 01324318 1 55 Pinboard 30278301 1 56 Transformer 43110237 1 57 Main Board 30229004 1 58 Baseplate Assy 01874137P 1 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Ɣ([SORGHG9LHZRI*093GP:1D%0H[SORGHGYLHZV Ɣ3DUWV/LVWRI*093GP:1D%0IRU&1: No. Name Code Qty 1 Rear Cover Plate 01264704P 1 2 Rear Grill 01574102 1 3 Condenser Assy 0112416501 1 4 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 01313256P 1 5 Streamlined Dome 26904112 2 6 Centrifugal Fan 10358202 2 7 Fan Motor 15704105 2 8 Motor Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 01324177P 2 9 Motor Mounting Rack 01324179P 4 10 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy3 01324175P 1 11 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy1 01324171P 1 12 Magnet Coil 4304000425 1 13 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 14 4-way Valve 43000339 1 15 Magnet Coil 4300040030 1 16 4-way Valve Sub-Assy 04144164 1 17 Inhalation Tube Sub-Assy 04674168 1 219 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 220 18 Magnet Coil 4304000416 1 19 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 20 Gas-liquid Separator 07424138 1 21 Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy1 07334324 1 22 Exit Tube Sub-Assy of Accumulator 04324776 1 23 Connection Pipe 05024954 1 1 24 Magnet Coil 4304000409 25 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 26 (OHFWULFH[SDQGYDOYH¿WWLQJ 4300010815 1 27 Electronic Expansion Valve 07130364 1 28 Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy 07334244 1 29 Accumulator 07424150 1 30 Suction Tube of Accumulator 04324753 1 31 Chassis Sub-assy 01194132P 1 32 Base Frame Sub-Assy 01284707 1 33 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204124 1 34 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204116 1 35 One way Valve 04324001 1 36 One way Valve 07130118 4 37 Magnet Coil 4304000411 1 38 Strainer Sub-Assy 07414132 1 39 Electromagnetic Valve 43044107 1 40 Fixed Mount3 01804181 1 41 Cut-off Valve 07138800 1 42 Cut-off Valve 07138799 1 43 Capillary Sub-Assy 04104153 1 44 Cut-off Valve 07130366 1 45 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 46 Magnet Coil 4304000430 1 47 Support Crossbeam Sub-Assy 01324228P 1 48 Support Longitudinal 01894304P 1 49 Middle vertical prop sub-assy 01854111P 1 50 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy2 01324173P 1 51 Electric Box Assy 01394892 1 52 Electric Box Assy 01394789 1 53 Electric Box Cover 01264624P 1 54 Front Panel 0154461401P 1 55 Handle 26235253 4 56 Front Panel Sub-Assy 01544615P 1 57 Front Cover Plate 01264705P 1 58 Electric Box Cover2 01264170P 1 59 Strainer A 07210022 1 60 Cut-off Valve 07130239 1 61 Strainer A 07210022 1 62 low-pressure measure Sub-Assy 07384101 1 63 Oil Separator 07424186 1 64 connection Pipe Sub-Assy3 05025181 1 65 connection Pipe Sub-Assy2 05025182 1 66 connection Pipe Sub-Assy1 05025183 1 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 67 StrainerA 07210022 1 68 Capillary Sub-Assy 04104231 1 69 Right Side Plate 01313258P 1 70 One way Valve 07335210 1 71 Strainer A 07210022 1 72 Terminal Board 42011051 1 73 Wire Clamp 71010102 2 74 Overcurrent circuit breaker 45020214 1 75 Phase Reverse Protector 46020054 1 76 AC Contactor 44010245 1 77 Filter 43130016 1 78 AC Contactor 44010213 1 79 Main Board 30228606 1 80 Pinboard 30278301 1 81 Main Board 30220025 1 82 Terminal Board 42011103 4 83 Transformer 43110237 1 84 Electric Element Mounting Panel Sub-Assy 1 01324710 1 85 Reactor 43130174 1 86 Over Current Protector 46020112 1 87 Filter Board 30228111 1 88 Radiator 49010605 1 89 Main Board 30220025 1 90 Radiator 49018761 1 91 Magnet Coil 4300008302 1 92 Magnet Coil 4300008311 1 93 Magnet Coil 4300008312 1 94 Electromagnetic Valve 43000055 3 95 Pressure Protect Switch 46020009 3 96 Discharge Tube Sub-Assy 04634222 1 97 Sensor sub-assy 39008029G 1 98 Electrical heater 7651540701 1 99 Electrical heater 7651873202 1 221 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Ɣ([SORGHG9LHZRI*093GP:1D%0H[SORGHGYLHZV Ɣ3DUWV/LVWRI*093GP:1D%0IRU&1: 222 No. Name Code Qty 1 Rear Cover Plate 01264704P 1 2 Rear Grill 01574102 1 3 Condenser Assy 0112416501 1 4 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 01313256P 1 5 Streamlined Dome 26904112 2 6 Centrifugal Fan 10358202 2 7 Fan Motor 15704105 2 8 Motor Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 01324177P 2 9 Motor Mounting Rack 01324179P 4 10 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy3 01324175P 1 11 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy1 01324171P 1 12 Magnet Coil 4304000425 1 13 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 14 4-way Valve 43000339 1 15 Magnet Coil 4300040030 1 16 4-way Valve Sub-Assy 04144164 1 17 Inhalation Tube Sub-Assy 04674168 1 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 18 Magnet Coil 4304000416 1 19 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 20 Gas-liquid Separator 07424138 1 21 Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy1 07334324 1 22 Exit Tube Sub-Assy of Accumulator 04324776 1 23 Connection Pipe 05024954 1 1 24 Magnet Coil 4304000409 25 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 26 (OHFWULFH[SDQGYDOYH¿WWLQJ 4300010815 1 27 Electronic Expansion Valve 07130364 1 28 Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy 07334244 1 29 Accumulator 07424150 1 30 Suction Tube of Accumulator 04324753 1 31 Chassis Sub-assy 01194132P 1 32 Base Frame Sub-Assy 01284707 1 33 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204117 1 34 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204116 1 35 One way Valve 04324001 1 36 One way Valve 07130118 4 37 Magnet Coil 4304000411 1 38 Strainer Sub-Assy 07414132 1 39 Electromagnetic Valve 43044107 1 40 Fixed Mount3 01804181 1 41 Cut-off Valve 07138800 1 42 Cut-off Valve 07138799 1 43 Capillary Sub-Assy 04104153 1 44 Cut-off Valve 07130366 1 45 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 46 Magnet Coil 4304000430 1 47 Support Crossbeam Sub-Assy 01324228P 1 48 Support Longitudinal 01894304P 1 49 Middle vertical prop sub-assy 01854111P 1 50 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy2 01324173P 1 51 Electric Box Assy 01394892 1 52 Electric Box Assy 01394789 1 53 Electric Box Cover 01264624P 1 54 Front Panel1 0154461401P 1 55 Handle 26235253 4 56 Front Panel Sub-Assy 01544615P 1 57 Front Cover Plate 01264705P 1 58 Electric Box Cover2 01264170P 1 59 Strainer A 07210022 1 60 Cut-off Valve 07130239 1 61 Strainer A 07210022 1 62 low-pressure measure Sub-Assy 07384101 1 63 Oil Separator 07424186 1 64 connection Pipe Sub-Assy3 05025181 1 65 connection Pipe Sub-Assy2 05025182 1 66 connection Pipe Sub-Assy1 05025183 1 223 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 224 67 StrainerA 07210022 1 68 Capillary Sub-Assy 04104231 1 69 Right Side Plate 01313258P 1 70 One way Valve 07335210 1 71 Strainer A 07210022 1 72 Terminal Board 42011051 1 73 Wire Clamp 71010102 2 74 Overcurrent circuit breaker 45020214 1 75 Phase Reverse Protector 46020054 1 76 AC Contactor 44010245 1 77 Filter 43130016 1 78 AC Contactor 44010213 1 79 Main Board 30228606 1 80 Pinboard 30278301 1 81 Main Board 30220025 1 82 Terminal Board 42011103 4 83 Transformer 43110237 1 84 Electric Element Mounting Panel Sub-Assy 1 01324710 1 85 Reactor 43130174 1 86 Over Current Protector 46020112 1 87 Filter Board 30228111 1 88 Radiator 49010605 1 89 Main Board 30220025 1 90 Radiator 49018761 1 91 Magnet Coil 4300008302 1 92 Magnet Coil 4300008311 1 93 Magnet Coil 4300008312 1 94 Electromagnetic Valve 43000055 3 95 Pressure Protect Switch 46020009 3 96 Discharge Tube Sub-Assy 04634222 1 97 Sensor sub-assy 39008029G 1 98 Electrical heater 7651540701 1 99 Electrical heater 7651873202 1 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual Ɣ([SORGHG9LHZRI*093GP:1D%0H[SORGHGYLHZV Ɣ3DUWV/LVWRI*093GP:1D%0IRU&1: No. Name Code Qty 1 Rear Cover Plate 01264704P 1 2 Rear Grill 01574102 1 3 Condenser Assy 0112416501 1 4 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 01313256P 1 5 Streamlined Dome 26904112 2 6 Centrifugal Fan 10358202 2 7 Fan Motor 15704105 2 8 Motor Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 01324177P 2 9 Motor Mounting Rack 01324179P 4 10 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy3 01324175P 1 11 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy1 01324171P 1 12 Magnet Coil 4304000425 1 13 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 14 4-way Valve 43000339 1 15 Magnet Coil 4300040061 1 16 4-way Valve Sub-Assy Inhalation Tube Sub-Assy 04144164 04674168 1 17 1 225 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 226 18 Magnet Coil 4304000416 1 19 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 20 Gas-liquid Separator 07424138 1 21 Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy1 07334324 1 22 Exit Tube Sub-Assy of Accumulator 04324776 1 23 Connection Pipe 05024954 1 1 24 Magnet Coil 4304000409 25 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 26 (OHFWULFH[SDQGYDOYH¿WWLQJ 4300010815 1 27 Electronic Expansion Valve 07130364 1 28 Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy 07334244 1 29 Accumulator 07424150 1 30 Suction Tube of Accumulator 04324753 1 31 Chassis Sub-assy 01194132P 1 32 Base Frame Sub-Assy 01284707 1 33 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204121 1 34 &RPSUHVVRUDQG¿WWLQJV 00204116 1 35 One way Valve 04324001 1 36 One way Valve 07130118 4 37 Magnet Coil 4304000411 1 38 Strainer Sub-Assy 07414132 1 39 Electromagnetic Valve 43044107 1 40 Fixed Mount3 01804181 1 41 Cut-off Valve 07138800 1 42 Cut-off Valve 07138799 1 43 Capillary Sub-Assy 04104153 1 44 Cut-off Valve 07130366 1 45 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1 46 Magnet Coil 4304000430 1 47 Support Crossbeam Sub-Assy 01324228P 1 48 Support Longitudinal 01894304P 1 49 Middle vertical prop sub-assy 01854111P 1 50 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy2 01324173P 1 51 Electric Box Assy 01394892 1 52 Electric Box Assy 01394789 1 53 Electric Box Cover 01264624P 1 54 Front Panel1 01544116P 1 55 Handle 26235253 4 56 Front Panel Sub-Assy 01544604P 1 57 Front Cover Plate 01264705P 1 58 Electric Box Cover2 01264170P 1 59 Strainer A 07210022 1 60 Cut-off Valve 07130239 1 61 Strainer A 07210022 1 62 low-pressure measure Sub-Assy 07384101 1 63 Oil Separator 07424186 1 64 connection Pipe Sub-Assy3 05025181 1 65 connection Pipe Sub-Assy2 05025182 1 66 connection Pipe Sub-Assy1 05025183 1 DC Inverter Multi VRF Service Manual 67 StrainerA 07210022 1 68 Capillary Sub-Assy 04104231 1 69 Right Side Plate 01313258P 1 70 One way Valve 07335210 1 71 Strainer A 07210022 1 72 Terminal Board 42011051 1 73 Wire Clamp 71010102 2 74 Overcurrent circuit breaker 45020214 1 75 Phase Reverse Protector 46020054 1 76 AC Contactor 44010245 1 77 Filter 43130016 1 78 AC Contactor 44010213 1 79 Main Board 30228606 1 80 Pinboard 30278301 1 81 Main Board 30220025 1 82 Terminal Board 42011103 4 83 Transformer 43110237 1 84 Electric Element Mounting Panel Sub-Assy 1 01324710 1 85 Reactor 43130174 1 86 Over Current Protector 46020112 1 87 Filter Board 30228111 1 88 Radiator 49010605 1 89 Main Board 30220025 1 90 Radiator 49018761 1 91 Magnet Coil 4300008302 1 92 Magnet Coil 4300008311 1 93 Magnet Coil 4300008312 1 94 Electromagnetic Valve 43000055 3 95 Pressure Protect Switch 46020009 3 96 Discharge Tube Sub-Assy 04634222 1 97 Sensor sub-assy 39008029G 1 98 Electrical heater 7651540701 1 99 Electrical heater 7651873202 1 227 JF00300207